cat2010 Section 1 - Mark Williams Enterprises

cat2010 Section 1 - Mark Williams Enterprises
TERMS & CONDITIONS
CONTENTS
TERMS C.O.D. or Credit Card. Axles and special built products 8.8 Ford Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
require a deposit as do items requiring shipment by methods other
than UPS. Credit Card usage will expedite order processing. We
accept money orders, certified checks or official bank checks only
for C.O.D. orders. UPS will no longer accept cash for C.O.D.
shipments. If a C.O.D. delivery is refused we will not ship C.O.D.
on future orders; prepayment will be required. We accept Visa,
Master Card, American Express and Discover. All credit card
orders must be shipped to the billing address of the card only.
A X L E O R D E R I N G In the catalog there is a sample of the
dimensions needed to place an axle order. Before phoning, read
this carefully and familiarize yourself with the terminology and
how measurements are to be taken. This will allow us to accurately
complete your order, and lessen the chance of a costly mistake.
SHIPMENTS F.O.B. Louisville, Colorado (Denver-Boulder Metro
Area). Unless otherwise specified UPS will be utilized.
FOREIGN SHIPMENTS Unless restricted by law, MW will ship to
foreign customers. Full purchase price (in U.S. currency) must
accompany order. No C.O.D. shipments. Name of desired freight
carrier, and shipping method must be included with order. Unless
specified UPS World Ship will be used.
CLAIMS Claims for damages, open or concealed, or shortages must
be made within five (5) days of receiving an order. Damage claims
should be made with the freight company first and shortage claims
with Mark Williams Enterprises. In the event of a damaged
package, keep all packaging boxes and materials. All shipments are
accurately weighed before shipping. If there is a part shortage
check the shipment weight to see if it matches the shipping weight.
This is the first step to determining if parts were lost in transit.
R ETURNS Axles, driveshafts, housings and specially produced
parts cannot be returned! Other merchandise requires permission
and is subject to a 15% handling charge. Shipping charges on
returned items must be prepaid. MWE does not allow returns after
90 days.
ORDERING All orders are processed on an in-house computer.
Customer numbers are generated from your zip code plus 2
computer assigned numbers. If possible, please use catalog part
numbers and your customer number. Toll free order lines are open
weekdays from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM mountain time. Parts can be
ordered 24 hours per day on line at www.markwilliams.com.
BACK ORDERS All back orders will be shipped as soon as the item
is restocked. If a back order is no longer wanted please call 1-800525-1963 or 303-665-6901 and cancel the item(s).
PRICES Prices are subject to change without notice.
W ARNING Modification of your car’s chassis or driveline to
enhance performance with the parts identified in this catalog may
create a dangerous condition which could cause serious bodily
injury. The buyer hereby expressly assumes all risks associated
with any such modifications.
OF W ARRANTY Seller disclaims any warranty
express or implied with respect to the parts sold hereby whether as
to merchantability, fitness for particular purpose, or any other
matter.
D ISCL AIMER
SPECIFICATIONS Non-critical specifications are subject to change
without notice.
toll free
800-525-1963
9” Ford Rears and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26-33
A-Arm Front End Materials Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Alignment Bar, Rear Housing and Chassis . . . . . . . .57, 82
Anti-Roll Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Axles, Flange & Truck forged steel (rear) . . . . . . .5-6, 9, 85
Axle Stud kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Bearings, Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6, 9,
Brake System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Brakes, Front, Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58-59
Brakes, Pro-Street . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Brakes, Rear, Steel and Carbon Fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Brake Levers/Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Chassis Blueprints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Chassis Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Chromoly Tubing, Plate, and Tube Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Chevrolet 12-bolt Rears and Components . . . . . . . . .37-39
Computer Pickup Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Couplers, Solid Splined Driveshafts, Disconnects 72-73, 84
CV Axle Shafts and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10. -12
Dana 60 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-36
Driveshafts, steel, aluminum & carbon fiber . . . . . . . . 64-66
Driveshaft Internal Slip, Mustang & Hellcat . . . . . . . . . . .83
Dzus Buttons, Tabs, Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Filler Caps and Bungs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Front Axles and Torsion Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-76
Full Floater Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54-55
Gears, Ring and Pinions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-22
Gear Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 .
Gibbs Corrosion Inhibitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Housing Ends and Retainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-57
Housing Street Weld on End Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Honda Front Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Installation Kits for Gear Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-22
Lug Nuts and Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Labor Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41-70
Master Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
MasterLine Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Modular Axle Housings and Components . . . . . . . . . .42-53
Mopar Components (8 3/4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Morse Cables and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Motor Plates and Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Olds /Pontiac Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-41
Pinion Depth Checker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Pinion Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Posi-traction and Locker Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31, 38
Promotional Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Rear End Replacement Caps . . . . . . .32, 34, 36, 39 40, 41
Rod Ends,Threaded Clevises and Jam Nuts . . . . . . . . . .78
Spindles, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Spools, steel and aluminum . . . . . .9, 14, 30, 34. 35, 38, 40
Steering Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Steering Wheels and Q/R Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Torsion and Anti-Roll Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Thirdmembers Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26, 27
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9, 23, 25, 57,82
Tools
Tube Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Weld-In Clevises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Yokes, transmission and pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66-69
on the web
www.markwilliams.com
1
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
1. ARE ALL AXLES WITH SIMILAR SPLINE COUNTS INTERCHANGEABLE?
No! For example, an OEM 35-spline Dana axle and a special
MW 35 spline axle are not interchangeable because the MW
spline features a 45-degree pressure angle, which differs from
stock Dana 30-degree configuration. Mark Williams does,
however, offer Hi-Torque forged steel axles with OEM type
splines. Please read additional spline text on page 3.
2. WHY DO MW HI-TORQUE AXLES HAVE A REDUCED DIAMETER AFTER THE
SPLINE?
In order for a splined shaft to carry its maximum torsional load it is
necessary to have a working shaft diameter smaller than the major
spline diameter. The reduced section after the spline works in the
same manner as a torsion bar allowing the rotational wind up to
occur over a longer area. This prevents the axle from experiencing
permanent set. Axles that are not undercut will twist at the end of
the spline engagement and eventually fail at this point.
3. WHAT
TYPE OF AXLE RETENTION IS REQUIRED?
Most race-sanctioning organizations require some type of positive
retention. The OEM C-clip does not meet these requirements.
Accordingly, MW offers a special C-clip eliminator kit to provide
the necessary retention. However, it is advisable to change to
weld-on housing ends if your plans call for narrowing the axle
housing. MW can supply weld-on ends, with oversize bearings
and retainers for most popular brake applications.
4. WHY IS THE SPLINE AREA ON MW AXLES SHORTER THAN OTHERS?
Most manufacturers do not make custom axles for each order.
Instead, they gang-run axles in certain lengths and make them with
very long splines. When an order comes in, they simply cut off the
excess spline. MW axles are manufactured to the correct length to
insure 100% engagement in the spool spline. Excessive unused
spline length reduces the torsional capability of an axle.
5. SHOULD I GET 35 OR 40-SPLINE AXLE-SPOOL COMBINATION?
For many applications the 1.500" diameter 35-tooth special MW
spline axles are more than adequate. For "bulletproof" reliability
there's no question the 40-spline setup is preferred. We've found
WARRANTY & SERVICES
A XLE C ONFIRMATION
MarkWilliams Exclusive!
MW has created a special form to verify all custom axle
orders. Within two days of placing your order you will
receive via UPS overnight letter, e-mail or fax a
confirmation form that shows exactly what is being
manufactured. If there are any questions or discrepancies,
please contact the MW sales department immediately.
PRIORITY- Service
For those racers who need axles in a big hurry, Mark
Williams Enterprises offers priority service for a nominal
extra charge. Axles purchased under these terms are
guaranteed to ship within 5 WORKING DAYS for an
additional charge of $100.00
2
these big 1.708" diameter axles to also prolong housing life and
wheel alignment because of their ability to handle increased torsion
as well as bending (toe in) loads. If your rear end will accept a 40
spline spool we recommend using it.
6. WHY
ARE
MW
AXLES SHORTER THAN MY
“OLD”
ONES?
This question is often asked by customers who replace an OEM
axle/differential or another brand axle/spool combination with a
MW setup. The reason is that the spline location in most MW
spools is positioned further outboard to allow a larger spline. As a
result, the axles can be shorter and as an added bonus are slightly
lighter.
7. IS A 3-1/4” BORE 9” FORD CASE NEEDED TO RUN 35 SPLINE AXLES?
Not with MW axles. Unlike our competitors, we manufacture a 35
spline spool that fits in the stock 9” Ford cases (2.893” or 3.062”
bore). MW spools have been designed to position the splines at the
outboard end of the spool on both sides. This is an exclusive MW
feature that has been used for over 30 years. This same feature
applies to 10 and 12-bolt G.M. spools which are also limited to
stock carrier bearing sizes.
8. WHY DO I SEE AXLES ADVERTISED AS “ALLOY AXLES” SO CHEAP?
These axles are actually produced by an OEM axle forging
company whose main business is making axles for the truck and
construction industry. The material used is a carbon steel, common
to OEM axles. It is not usually regarded as an alloy steel as
advertised. The manufacturer produces the axle blank and the
advertiser cuts the axle to length and splines it. These axles are
made from the same material as stock axles and receive the same
heat treatment. The only difference is that they are available in
shorter lengths and with different splines.
9. WHICH HOUSING END SHOULD I
USE?
We recommend choosing the ends to match the brakes you want to
use. If you are going to use disc brakes we recommend the
symmetrical housing ends. This will allow the best designed Disc
Brake kit and eliminates confusion about wheel stand outs. We do
not recommend using the small Ford housing ends. The wheel
bearing is too small and delicate.
MARK WILLIAMS ENTERPRISES, INC. warrants against breakage of our special 35 or 40-spline
spool combination axles for a period of five years.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL MARK
WILLIAMS ENTERPRISES, INC. BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH,
THE INSTALLATION OR USE OF ANY M-W PRODUCT. This warranty shall not apply to any product
which has been improperly installed, or repaired in
any manner which affects the strength of the axle or
any axle that has been involved in an upset or collision, including welding lock rings on axles, Warranty
applies for drag racing applications only. Any other
application not covered.
LEADING
THE INDUSTRY
Q UALITY - Whether you are in the market for axles, brakes, a driveshaft or chassis components you can rest assured that every
part from Mark Williams Enterprises has been designed and manufactured to the highest standards. This includes researching the
proper material and manufacturing processes (see below). MW quality is assured by performing designing, testing and
manufacturing in-house, including heat treating and our high speed driveshaft balancing.
C USTOMER S ERVICE - Mark Williams Enterprises provides unmatched customer service. From the time you place your order,
through manufacturing, to shipping, everyone at Mark Williams Enterprises is committed to completing orders on time and to
making sure that everything is right the first time. There are a couple of areas that help make this happen. First, MW sends a
confirmation sheet, by fax. e-mail or UPS overnight letter, on all custom axle orders to verify dimensions. Second, MW
components all have part numbers on them for trace ability and easy identification (custom axles have a serial number).
T ECHNICAL A SSISTANCE - Mark Williams’ sales staff are some of the most knowledgeable in the industry and can help with just
about any question you might have. We provide ordering and tech assistance on our toll free lines (800-525-1963). You can also
v is it o u r f u ll s ervi c e we bsi t e www.m a rkwilliams .com any time to place an order or e-mail tech q u e st i o n s t o
[email protected]
C OMMITMENT - For over Fifty Years we have strived to be a responsible company that supplies the best quality products. Our
investment in testing and quality assurance equipment is unparallel in the hi-performance industries. We are committed to a
continued process improvement program in an effort to supply you with the best products on the market.
DETAILS MAKE
THE
DIFFERENCE
Axle Manufacturing The ability to produce a quality racing axle requires more than meets the eye. We have learned from
our 50+ years that the improvement process never stops. We are constantly making improvements to assure that every axle
produced incorporates the latest technology. Axles are our primary product and as such we have a considerable investment in
dedicated CNC and other equipment for the production of race axles. In addition, Mark Williams Enterprises is the only
company in the racing axle business that has both induction and thru hardening in-house heat treating capability. This allows us
total control over the most important operation in the manufacturing process. One example of the details that make MW "HiTorque" axles superior is the CNC grinding of the axle flange face and bearing seat/shoulder with a freshly-dressed true radius
grinding wheel. The radius at the bearing shoulder is the most critical part of an axle because it's the focal point of the bending
moment (where the most force is concentrated). To insure the accuracy of this radius the grinding wheel is dressed prior to
grinding each axle with CNC precision. By dressing the wheel for each axle it also eliminates the chance of imbedded
contaminants causing friction-induced surface cracks. MW's extra efforts in manufacturing pay huge dividends in reliability.
AXLES SPLINES A key factor to consider when purchasing axles is the axle spline. Naturally,
Pressure Angle
if the axles you are purchasing are to be mated to existing components you will need a
similar replacement spline. Accordingly, MW manufactures axles with all popular spline Spool
Circular
configurations, including Dana 60, 12-bolt Chevy, 9" Ford, etc., plus splines compatible or Axle Gear
Pitch
with after-market products from other manufacturers. If you have a choice of splines, as in Profile
the case of a new axle/spool combination, it is highly recommended that you utilize MW's
Pitch Diameter
special 35 or 40 spline. This is especially important since locked (spool-equipped) rear
Major Diameter
ends are subject to as much as twice the torsion load of standard open-type differentials.
For most applications the MW 35 spline with a 1.500" diameter and 45 degree pressure
Diameter
angle is adequate. In comparative shear strength, the MW 35 spline is 61% stronger than (controlsMinor
shaft strength)
the Chevrolet 12-bolt with 30 spline, 45% stronger than a 9" Ford with 31 spline, and even
Involute Profile
3% stronger than the Dana 35 spline which has a 30 degree pressure angle. These
Clearance
calculations are based on the physical dimensions of the spline itself, and do not take into Shaft
consideration the extra strength benefits of MW's Nickel Chromium Molybdenum alloy Profile
forging and austempering heat treating process. For those applications requiring maximum
strength axles MW offers a big 1.708" diameter 45 degree pressure angle 40-tooth spline that is 51% stronger than the 35-tooth
MW spline. Get the MW Hi-Torque axle with the spline that's best suited to your needs.
PART NUMBER TRACE ABILITY Every Mark Williams produced part carries a visible part number. Our part numbering system
uses a revision letter at the end of the part number that indicates the design change. Example: A spool with part number 53133H indicates there have been 8 changes to this part (A thru H) since it was first introduced. Anytime a part is re-designed to the
point it is would no longer be interchangeable with earlier versions, it is assigned a new part number. Parts that are produced
from castings may have two revision letters. Our 9" thirdmember housing 57448 is on the U casting revision and the V
machining revision, (at the time of this publication printing). This system allows trace-ability of our parts and can assist
identifying the age of parts in the field. All axles and driveshafts are serialized allowing us to access the build information.
Other parts have recorded production batch numbers that allow trace-ability. All raw materials used to produce MW products
are certified from the mills and are traceable to the individual products.
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com
3
HOW TO ORDER AXLES
Every set of Mark Williams axles are custom built to meet each customer’s requirements. This requires accurate information to insure
that the axles are a perfect fit. You will need to provide as many of the dimensions shown as possible for your application. A simplified
version of this order form can be downloaded from www.markwilliams.com, click > technical , click > SB0077.pdf.
A - Housing flange to flange
B - Driver side housing flange to pinion center
C - Passenger side housing flange to pinion center
D - Axle flange to axle flange width
E - Axle flange (driver’s side) to pinion center
F - Axle flange (passenger side) to pinion center
G - Axle flange to housing flange (brake stand-out)
H -Flange to bearing seat
I - Bearing journal diameter
J - Flange diameter
K - Brake drum register
L - Seal diameter (optional)
M - Overall axle length (right & left)
N - Driver side spline relief
O - Passenger side spline relief
P - Bolt Circle
Q - Cord measurement between two studs
D
E
F
B
C
G
A
M
L I
J K
SPLINES
N
P
O
Q
H
STARTING FROM SCRATCH The following steps have proven to be
the most accurate method for determining the width of the rear end
assembly when building a new car.
1) Obtain a set of the widest tires and wheels (with
appropriate offset) to be used.
2) Remove the stock rear end housing and make
modifications to inner fender wells as required.
3) Position the tires/wheels under the car, and through
the use of jack stands, etc. place the car in the desired
running attitude.
4) With wheels in position, measure from wheel mounting
surface to the opposite wheel mounting surface. This will
give you the proper axle flange to axle flange
dimension (D). Allow for brake hats or drums.
5) Also supply the (E & F) distance or indicate if the
pinion is centered or the amount of pinion offset
required and the direction. Offset toward the
passenger side is normal and toward the driver side is
abnormal.
MEASURING AN EXISTING HOUSING Measure the distance to the
outside of both housing flanges (A). Not all pinions are centered,
so it is also essential to measure the distance from the housing
flange to the center of the pinion on both driver and passenger side
(B & C).
MEASURING EXISTING AXLES Provide as many measurements as
possible. Use of a MW 35 or 40 spline spool will change axle
lengths in relation to axles with stock splines. A Mark Williams
salesman can help with questions about changes in axle lengths.
SPOOLS All spools are not manufactured the same. If the spool to
be used is a MW spool, the part number on the spool will give us
the required information. If the spool is from another
manufacturer, please check the spline count and location of the
spline as measured in the illustration above (N & O values).
BOLT CIRCLE If you do not know the bolt circle (P value) of a 5bolt application, measure the center-to-center distance (Q) between
two adjacent wheel studs and reference the table below.
4-1/2” B.C. = 2.645” normal later Ford pattern
4-3/4” B.C. = 2.792” normal Chevrolet pattern
5”
B.C. = 2.939” normal older Olds-Pontiac
5-1/2” B.C. = 3.233” normal early Ford and T/F wheel pattern
4
HI-TORQUE AXLES
MW STANDARD “HI -TORQUE” AXLES: MW standard forged steel axles have set the quality standard in the
industry for racing axles. The standard axles will normally be used in applications where weight is not a large factor
for your car. The standard axle is the heavy duty version in the MW "Hi-Torque" axle line. Each MW axle order is
custom manufactured per application with all axles designed to accept an axle bearing with the largest diameter
possible for the particular housing end being used, then each axle shaft is tapered from bearing journal to spline.
This combination of the large bearing diameter and tapered shaft increases torsion and bending capacity. All Mark
Williams "Hi-Torque" axles are available in any spline and bearing combination with the bolt pattern or patterns of
your choice and either 1/2" or 5/8" tapped stud holes. Dual patterns available without an extra charge. Flange
lightening option available on standard axles for an additional charge. (weight 32 lbs*)
50100
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606.00 pair
SUPERLIGHT 35 SPLINE "HI-TORQUE" AXLES: Rears that are limited to 35 spline spools can take advantage of
MW 35 spline gun drilled axles. These axles are pocket lightened and "gun drilled" where the center of the axle
shaft is bored (11/16" dia.) the entire length to resemble a gun barrel. This process is performed in house and
allows us to control the bore finish assuring a quality product. This results in a superior product,
fully capable of handling the shock loads of the heavier Super Stock cars that are limited to
35 splines! These operations result in a weight savings of roughly 19% over a pair of
standard 35 spline MW "Hi-Torque" axles. (weight saving is 6.88 lbs on a pair of 35
spline 24” long axles)
50550
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .742.00 pair
SUPERLIGHT 40 SPLINE “HI-TORQUE” AXLES: The next step in the high strength
light weight axles would be the Mark Williams SUPER-LIGHT 40 spline “HiTorque” axles. In an effort to reduce rotating and un-sprung weight, these axles have
been gun drilled to a 7/8” bore along with extensive milling of the axle flanges. This in
conjunction with the additional machining behind the MW name plate and revised axle
profile, result in a weight savings of approximately 35% over the standard MW axles. 40
spline axles are recommended for all race cars that can utilize a 40 spline spool . (19.9
lbs*)
50500
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .742.00 pair
*Axle weights are per pair for 40 spline
axles less bearings and studs to fit a 31”
wide housing.
ULTIMATE “HI-TORQUE” AXLES: It doesn’t get any better than this. The MW ULTIMATE “Hi-Torque” axles represent the latest in
axle and material technology. The axle profile and flange lightening are carried over from the SUPER-LIGHT axles. The use of aircraft
300M alloy forgings make it possible to enlarge the diameter of the gun drill bore to 1” diameter without sacrificing strength. This
represents a savings of 2.6 pounds per pair! You won’t find lighter axles. Anywhere!!! (weight 17.3 lbs*)
50800
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1138.00 pair
DRAG RACE AXLE BEARINGS
56003
57803
58503
58504
58505
58507
58508
58509
58519
CB 58509
MW drag race axle bearings are special size ball and roller bearings. Many feature an "O" ring seal around the outside of the bearing.
These are designed to utilize our wide selection of mating housing ends that will allow largest inside diameter, increasing the axle
strength. Our technical representative can recommend the best bearing/housing end combination based on your brake requirements.
56003
Mopar Non-Adjustable Axle Bearings (pr) . .104.20
2.875” O.D., 1.562” I.D. for stock ends w/spiral lock.
57803
Small Ford Axle Bearings(pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . .88.40
Axle Bearings, 1-17/32” (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . .85.00
Axle Bearings, 1-5/8” (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100.23
Sealed bearings 3.150’’ O.D.,1.625” I.D. used for C-Clip eliminator.
58505
58508
Axle Bearings, 45 mm (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100.23
Axle Bearings, 3.347 X 45 mm, wide (pr) . .285.19
Double row sealed ball bearings 3.347” O.D., 45 mm I.D. For 58595/
58598 Heavy Duty Symmetrical ends (o-ring is in housing end).
58509
Sealed bearings 3.150” O.D.,1.532” I.D. stock Ford/Olds size.
58504
Axle Bearings, 1-9/16”(pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94.95
Sealed bearings 3.150” O.D., 1.564” I.D.
2.835”stock O.D. with larger than stock 1.562” I.D. stock Mustang end.
58503
58507
Axle Bearings, 3.347 45mm I.D. narrow (pr)217.54
Narrow bearing for 58599 Symmetrical Pro-Stock ends.
58519
Axle Bearings.3.347 x 45mm, wide (pr) . . . .300.75
Wide single row bearings for deep 58595/58598 Heavy-Duty ends.
CB-58509 Axle Bearings,3.347 x 45mm (pr) . . . . .798.00
Sealed bearings 3.150” O.D., 1.774” I.D. used for 40 spline axles
CB-58505 Axle Bearings, 45 mm (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . .500.00
Ceramic bearings, narrow, for 58599 Symmetrical Pro-Stock ends
Ceramic bearings, Sealed bearings 3.150” O.D., 1.774” I.D.
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com
5
PRO STREET COMPONENTS
For those performance enthusiasts building sophisticated
“Pro Street” type vehicles with narrowed rear ends, MW
offers premium quality driveline components engineered
specifically for daily street use, not “after market OEM”
type axles. These are designed for those who want the
BEST custom-made axles money can buy. MW “Pro
Street” axles overcome the problem commonly encountered
when using OEM or drag-type units: flange breakage. In
fact, Mark Williams warrants each axle flange against
breakage for two years when used in conjunction with a
MW Pro Street housing end kit with Timken® 45mm
bearings. Increasing axle shaft diameter and flange strength
are critical factors when deciding on axles for high powered street machines (which often weigh more and operate on more harsh surface
conditions than their race-only cousins). Add serious muscle to any heavy street machine and you can bet the OEM driveline can’t
provide the necessary reliability. Why settle for anything less than premium quality MW components?
PRO STREET AXLES
MW Hi-Torque Pro Street axles are custom built per order and are
manufactured from the same Tri-Alloy forgings as our drag race
axles, featuring 45mm bearings and thicker flanges for street use.
50400
Pro Street Axles, (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606.00
For use with any MW weld-on or bolt-on end kits on this page that
incorporate the heavy-duty Timken® unit bearings
PRO STREET AXLE BEARINGS
MW’s Pro Street axle bearing features a large 45mm (1.774”) I.D. and is unique in that it can take
thrust in either direction. This tapered roller bearing exceeds the radial capacity of common O.E.M.
ball and roller bearings. Axle bearing assembly includes bearings, seals and M/W produced press on
bearing lock rings. Requires matching MW housing ends.
58506S
Unit Axle Bearing Assembly (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223.13
For MW Pro Street Axles, Timken® unit bearings with seals and press on lock rings.
WELD-ON HOUSING END KITS
58506S
The preferable method to obtain a reliable axle and bearing combination for Pro Street applications is the installation of our weld-on housing ends.
MW has designed ends that accept the 45 mm bore Timken® bearing and a heavy-duty seal. A slightly bent housing can be corrected when
installing new Pro Street weld-on ends. A variety of kits are available that accommodate the most popular brakes. If you are going to use disc
brakes we recommend using the 58780 Symmetrical end kit that accepts the best designed brake kits and can incorporate a parking brake
58780 Housing End Kit, Disc Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . .416.24
68700 Weld-On Housing Kit for GM
10 & 12 Bolt Ends
For use with MW Disc Brake Kits with symmetrical bolt pattern.
Includes Timken® wheel bearings, seals and backing plate bolts.
66700 Housing End Kit, Mopar Brakes . . . . . . . . . . .436.89
For Mopar brakes. Includes Timken® bearings, retainers, seals and
backing plate bolts.
67700 Housing End Kit, Small Ford . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435.07
For small Ford brakes. Includes Timken® bearings, retainers, seals
and backing plate bolts.
67750 Housing End Kit, Large Ford . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476.98
For large Ford brakes (w/1/2” bolts). Includes Timken® bearings,
retainers, seals and backing plate bolts.
68700 Housing End Kit, Small GM . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530.03
For GM small brakes (Camaro, Chevelle, Nova). Includes Timken®
bearings, retainers, seals and backing plate bolts.
68740 Housing End Kit, Large GM . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507.03
For Large GM brakes (Impala, Biscayne & 1/2-ton truck). Includes
Timken® bearings, retainers, seals and backing plate bolts.
67870 Housing End Kit, New Style Ford . . . . . . . . . .447.00
For New Style Ford. Includes Timken® bearings, retainers, seals and
backing plate bolts..
6
PRO STREET BRAKES
72300
Pro-Street Disc Brake Kit w/Park Brake . .1354.42
For Pro-Street Symmetrical type housing ends (MW #58580 or
58780 kit). This is the only kit with mechanical parking brake
calipers.
Models without Parking Brake
72000
Olds Disc Brake Kit (ends rotated) . . . . . .1034.50
For MW 58550 housing ends rotated 90 degrees from stock.
72100
Olds Disc Brake Kit (ends stock) . . . . . . .1034.50
For MW 58550 housing ends in stock position.
72200
Symmetrical Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . .1034.50
Mark Williams Enterprises has the ideal brake kit for the Pro Street and
street rod enthusiasts that requires a parking brake. For use with MW’s
symmetrical housing ends. This brake kit has a provision for a floating
mechanical wedge action parking brake caliper built into the caliper
mounting bracket. As is the case with all other MW brake kits, the caliper
mount also acts as the bearing retainer. The kit includes: MW’s race
proven 4 piston aluminum calipers with pads, vented cast iron rotors,
aluminum brake hats, floating parking brake calipers with pads, caliper
mounting brackets, and all of the necessary mounting hardware. This is a
safe and reliable kit for Pro Street and street rod applications requiring a
parking brake. (Note: bracket to anchor the parking brake cable must be
fabricated.)
For MW 58585 Symmetrical ends.
72400
72300
New Ford Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1073.00
For MW 57860 housing ends.
72500
Large Ford Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1154.27
For MW 57820 housing ends.
72600
Mopar Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1154.27
For MW 53188 housing ends. Requires bracket modification.
72700
GM Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1154.27
For stock GM or MW 58560 passenger car housing end.
72800
Small Ford Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1034.50
For MW 57810 housing ends. Requires bracket modification.
72900
GM w/C Clip Kit Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . .1154.27
For stock GM passenger car housing end with MW C-Clip
Eliminator kit. Requires modification to bearing housing.
BOLT
ON
RETAINER KITS
MW bolt-on retainer kits allow you to easily use MW “Pro-Street” axles in G.M. and Ford rear end housings without
replacing housing ends. All bolt-on kits utilize a heavy duty Timken® unit bearing that can take thrust from either direction
and exceeds radial and axial load capacity of common ball and roller bearings. Bolt-on ends are recommended if housing
can not be narrowed. Weld-on kits should be used rather than this kit, when narrowing a housing.
67760 Bolt-On Adapter Kit, Large Ford . . . . . . . . . . . .286.90
67760
Allows the use of 50400 MW Pro Street Axles without changing the stock
housing end. Must have large Ford ends with 3.150” O.D. bearings, 1/2”
backing plate bolts. Includes bearings & seals.
68800
67770 Bolt-On Adapter Kit, New Style Ford . . . . . . . . .312.06
Allows the use of 50400 MW Pro Street Axles without changing the stock
housing end. Must have New style large Ford ends with 3.150” O.D.
bearings, 3/8” backing plate bolts. 3 9/16” x 2” pattern. Includes bearings
& seals.
68800 Wheel Bearing Adapter Kit, Small GM . . . . . . .374.76
Allows the use of 50400 MW Pro Street Axles without changing the stock
housing end. Must have GM small car brake (Camaro,Chevelle, Nova).
Includes bearings & seals should be used when narrowing housing.
PRO STREET LOCKERS
MW offers a special 9" Ford Detroit Locker type differential that accepts larger than stock spline 1.5"
diameter 35-spline axles. This setup provides locked axle traction and the durability required of high
power applications. (Note: The spline location and pressure angle are not the same as a MW 35 spline
spool). Axles must be manufactured specifically for this Locker. The spline has a 30 degree pressure
angle. Same as Dana 60 spline, but different axle lengths are required.
187S-35C 35 spline, Locker, Nodular Housing . . . . . . . . . . .781.76
Case is hi strength ductile iron for 3.250” bore case. 100% smooth machine
finish requires 3.250 or 3.812 bore case.
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
187S-35C
www.markwilliams.com
7
WHEEL STUD KITS
MW drive studs are recommended in all drag racing applications using after-market
wheels. The Drive Stud is designed so the 11/16” dia. shoulder on the stud is used
to center the wheel, rather than the lug nut used with smaller studs. This system
dramatically increases shear strength and eliminates bent wheel studs. MW drive
studs require a 5/8”-18 thread holes in the axle flange. Studs are then secured in the
flange with a jam nut. Wheels are held in place with an open end flanged lug nut
and an aluminum washer that prevents marring the wheel. A standard MW drive
stud kit comes complete with 10 steel drive studs, 10 self locking jam nuts, 10
aluminum washers, (specify thickness) and 10 steel Snap-Lock™ flanged lug nuts.
Titanium drive studs are also available and listed below. The following page has lug
nut options available at an additional cost. For applications using OEM steel wheels
MW also offers high strength 1/2-20 screw-in type wheel studs.
STEEL DRIVE STUD KITS
51500
Drive Studs 11/16” dia. (complete set) . . . . .129.00
A=3-1/2” B=1-3/16” C=1-1/2” D=13/16”
51540
Drive Studs 11/16” dia. (complete set) . . . . .129.00
A=2-7/8” B=7/8” C=1-3/16” D=13/16”
Drive Studs 11/16” dia. (complete set) . . . . .129.00
A=2-11/16” B=1” C=7/8” D=13/16”
51560
51580
51590
Drive Studs 11/16” dia. (complete set) . . . . .129.00
A=3-7/16” B=7/8” C=1-3/4” D=13/16”
Drive Studs 11/16” dia. (complete set) . . . . .129.00
A=4” B=1-3/16” C=2” D=13/16”
Drive Stud Kit w/ MW Aluminum Lug Nuts . . . . . . . .195.00
Add “A” to Part Number (specify c-bore depth1/8 or 3/8”).
TITANIUM DRIVE STUD KITS
Reduce rotating weight with the addition of a
titanium stud kit. All studs are carefully
manufactured to insure concentricity with
the stud threads. All kits include
titanium studs, self locking jam nuts,
and choice of MW hard anodized
aluminum lug nuts (51520 or 51521).
41540
Titanium Drive Studs 11/16” dia . . . . . . . . . . . . .390.00
A=2-11/16” B=1.00” C=7/8”. Save 1.2 lb (Specify nut)
41560
Titanium Drive Studs 11/16” Dia . . . . . . . . . . . .420.00
A=4” B=1 3/16” C=2” Save 1.2 lb (Specify nut)
41580
Titanium Drive Studs 11/16” Dia . . . . . . . . . . . .390.00
A=2-7/8” B=7/8” C=1-3/16” Save 1.2 lb (Specify nut)
SCREW-IN WHEEL STUDS
MW offers 1/2-20 screw-in wheel studs in two standard lengths. The latest MW 2" and 3" studs feature a special thin 12 point head to
help with brake component clearance. The stud features and a small quick start on the threaded end. The G.N. wheel studs are made of
8740 aircraft quality material with 5/8-18 threads and they also have a quick start end. All stud kits include aircraft washers to help
prevent the threads from wedging on the imperfect threads by the head.
51205
51200
51250
51255
51260
1/2-20
1/2-20
1/2-20
5/8-18
x 3-1/2” Wheel Studs, 12 point head (10) . . . . . . . . . . . .44.58
x 2” Wheel Studs, Allen head (10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38.90
x 2” Wheel Studs, 12 point head (10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41.26
Grand National Axle Studs, (10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82.60
51200
51260
51255
Threaded to head (2-5/8” overall length.) 2” of thread
51270
5/8-11 Grand National Axle Studs, (10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80.00
Coarse thread Threaded to head (3-3/8” overall length.) 3” of thread Note: MW axles are
normally produced with fine thread. Axles must be special order with 5/8-11 threads
SELECTING
THE
51250
PROPER DRIVE STUDS
The most important factor when selecting the proper drive stud is that the drive shoulder
of the stud be fully engaged in the wheel. It is recommended that the “C” length on the
stud be slightly greater than the combined thickness of the brake hat or drum and the
wheel. These two dimensions should be specified when ordering a MW drive stud kit.
Washer thickness must be greater than the portion of the shoulder of the stud that extends
past the face of the wheel.
8
WHEEL STUD NUTS & STUD INSTALLER
With our Mark Williams stud nuts, an aluminum spacer washer attaches with a SnapLock™
over the base nut. The washer spins freely, but will not separate from the nut, this prevents
marring of the wheels and losing washers. The aluminum washers are available in different
thicknesses (3/16” to 3/4”) to compensate for different wheel and brake hat combinations.
This makes the nut a dimensionally and visually superior part. The thread pitch diameter is
held extremely square with the flange which results in even pressure loading against the
wheel and stud threads. MW also builds special integral billet aluminum lug nuts that are
hard anodized for durability (see below). These nuts are sold with special thin aluminum
washers and are standard nuts in MW titanium drive stud kits.
51530
MW Snap-Lock™ Washer System
Steel MW Snap-Lock™ Base Nut . . . . . . . . . .4.25
Replaces old 55016 standard flange steel nut
55017
Aluminum Washer, Snap-Lock™3/16” . . . . . . .3.50
For use with MW base nut, stainless or standard nut, 3/16” thick.
55013
Aluminum Washer Snap-Lock™3/8” . . . . . . . .3.00
For use with MW Stainless Steel or 51530 nut, 3/8” thick.
55014
Aluminum Washer, Snap-Lock™ 9/16” . . . . . .3.75
For use with MW base nut ,stainless or standard nut, 9/16” thick.
55015
Aluminum Washer, Snap-Lock™ 3/4” . . . . . . .4.75
For use with MW base nut, aluminum or standard nut, 3/4” thick.
INTEGRAL ALUMINUM NUTS
51521
The MW integral aluminum lug nuts are for applications where every ounce of weight is
critical. The part is produced from 7075-T6 aluminum alloy with a durable anodized hard
coat finish. The integral aluminum washer snaps on to the nut and spins freely but will not
separate from the nut, preventing accidental loss. The nuts have fixed counter bore depths
of 1/8” and 3/8” that make them equivalent to using a standard nut and washer
combination of equal thickness. These nuts come standard with all MW titanium drive
stud kits for the lightest possible combination. Can also be used with steel drive studs.
51520
Encapsulated MW Nut, 1/8” grip (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.98
1/8” grip, threads relieved 1/8” on wheel side of nut
51520
51521
Encapsulated MW Nut, 3/8” grip (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.98
3/8” grip, threads relieved 3/8” on wheel side of nut
STUD INSTALLATION TOOL
The MW stud installation tool utilizes a threaded collet that clamps evenly on the threads of the stud to properly install and tighten drive studs in the axle
flanges. This type of system eliminates possible damage to either the threads or stud shoulder that can happen without the proper installations tools.
600-H
600-1
600-2
600-3
600-4
600-5
Housing for stud install collet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74.00
5/8-18 stud install collet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33.50
1/2-20 stud install collet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33.50
7/16-20 stud install collet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33.50
3/8-24 stud install collet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33.50
5/16-24 stud install collet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33.50
600-H
600-1
SAFETY WIRE
Use with any drilled bolt head to
provide vibration proof positive
bolt retention. MW 9” & 12 Bolt
ring gear bolts are drilled for safety
wire locks.
toll free
800-525-1963
300-1
300-2
300-1
300-2
AND
PLIERS
Safety Wire, 1 lb, .032 stainless . . .15.94
Safety Wire Twist Pliers 9” . . . . . . .89.74
on the web
www.markwilliams.com
9
OFF ROAD DRIVE PLATE AXLES
These axles are designed for off road and circle track
racing applications with Wide 5 (3/4 to 1 ton truck type
hubs), Dana 60/70 (and most Dana 80) hubs, and 14Bolt style full floating hubs. The 40-spline drive
flanges are manufactured using aircraft quality alloy
steel and are heat-treated and black oxide coated.
The axles are available in standard 4340 steel or
high strength 300M steel. The center section spline
is available for any spool / carrier requirements.
These parts are designed to work with factory axle
hub bolts or studs. Covers are anodized aluminum
with low-profile sealing o-rings. All sets feature MW
true involute splines, and are heat-treated, polished, and
s h o t p een ed t o p rev en t s t res s crack p ro p a g a t i o n . T h e
complete kit is comprised of shafts, flanges, caps, fasteners,
o-rings, and retaining rings. Custom produced for each
specific application with quick delivery.
50250
Truck Floater Axles 14 Bolt Drive Flange . .1252.00
Austempered 4340 40 (Spline drive flange) (1/2” bolt)
50270 Truck Floater Axles Dana 60/ 70 Flange . . .1252.00
Austempered 4340 Dana 60/70 type flange (7/16” bolt )
50260 Truck Floater Axles 14 Bolt Drive Flange . . .1412.00
300M material 40 (Spline drive flange) (1/2” bolts)
50280 Truck Floater Axles Dana 60/ 70 Flange . . .1412.00
300M material 40 (Spline drive flange) (7/16” bolts)
CUSTOM CV DRIVE ASSEMBLIES
We routinely produce custom CV shaft driveline assemblies. Many applications benefit from the smooth
operation inherent to constant velocity drives. We have a variety of CV joints for special applications. The
most common joint is based on the Lobo 930-15 series and 934-21 series joints.
If required we have in house torsion testing apparatus to prove the strength requirements for ultimate torsion
strength and cycle life.
DRIVE ASSEMBLY, SPECIALTY VEHICLE
SERIES 934-21 CV JOINTS
DRIVE SHAFT, HELICOPTER TURBINE
DYNAMOMETER TEST STAND
SERIES 930-15 CV JOINTS
De Tomaso Mangusta AXLE DRIVE ASSEMBLY
SERIES 930-15 CV JOINTS
10
VIPER CV JOINT CONVERSIONS
V-60005A Assembly With Flange options Below
V-60000 Spool Assembly
V-60007-8
V-60017
FLANGE
V-60015-16
V-60035/V-60015
V-6 0 0 0 5 A
Fla ng e
V-60025A
V-60080
V-60055-65
Op t i o ns
Viper enthusiasts can now have improved strength and reliability compared to OEM axle drivelines. Generation 1 cars handling is drastically
improved by the V-60025A CV configuration. We have created a CV driveline to replace the U-Joint system for the early Vipers. Our bolt in
replacement assembly features series 15 CV joints with chrome-nickel-alloy mating wheel hubs, and differential flanges. All the kits axle
shafts are 300M material heat-treated and shot peened.
For the higher power applications we have increased the V-60005A kit featuring series 21 CV joint, a 33 spline 300M drive shaft
and a 32-spline wheel hub. Several differential CV flanges are available to match the ring gear carriers for Posi-Traction, Quaife
and OS Giken differentials.
The V-60000 kit utilizes a series 21 CV joints with 32-spline wheel hubs, a lightened 35 spline steel spool and 300M axles, ideal
for drag strip or application requiring a locked differential.
V-60000 Viper Spool and CV Shaft Kit . . . . . . . . . .5500.00
Includes Lightweight 35 spline spool, spool CV Flanges, Inner CV
Flanges, Half Shafts, CV Joints Outer Flanges and the required
broaching of the rear hubs.
V-60005A
Viper CV Half-Shaft Assembly . . . . . . .4450.00
V-60010 Rework Rear Hubs (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250.00
Bore and broach rear hubs to accept larger spline half-shafts.
V-60025A Viper CV Half-Shaft Assembly . . . . . . .2860.00
Viper Generation 3 replacement. Factory upgrade. No modifications
required.
Direct Viper Generation 2 or 3 Replacement. Modifications to outer
hub required, .
VIPER CURRENT 300M SHAFTS & CAP
The late model Vipers have room for improvement in the axle shaft department. We have
produced replacement axles for the double spline configuration, and the axle with the
direct bolt on CV flange. Both are produced from 300M material and shot peened for extra
durability. These are a direct replacement for the factory parts.
V-60100/V-60105
V-60100/V-60105 Viper CV Flange Axle Shafts (pr) . . . .1900.00
Fits late Viper with one piece CV axle shafts CV joint bolt directly to the
flange. 300M Heat Treated and shot peened. Includes seal protector.
V-60090/V-60095 Viper Double Spline Diff Shaft (pr) . . . .942.91
V-60090 Short
Direct replacements for 30 t x 31t OE shafts. 300m material uses the OE
flange for the CV joint. Ultra Strong 300M , heat treated and shot peened.
V-60030 Pinion Preload Spacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55.00
V-60095 Long
Sold hardened must be machined to length
V-60050 Main Cap, Differential (one) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100.00
Requires fitting to case with milling operation
V-60030
V-60050
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 11
HONDA DRIVELINE & BRAKES
60100-AP
M-W engineering has developed a “bulletproof” hub-to-hub driveline that incorporates
absolutely no factory parts! The interior shafts are substantially beefier than OEM, with
the spline 45% larger than the factory intermediate shaft! CV joints are also significantly
larger than stock and of a high angle design. A large 15-plunge style CV joint replaces
the factory “tripod” style inner joint, and a forged steel spool ensures equal power
transfer with absolute reliability. Outer shafts are made from 300M heat treated and shot
peened. The finishing touch comes in the way of racing brakes with 11-3/4” drilled steel
rotors, aluminum hats and 4-piston aluminum calipers. Complete
packages are available for all popular Honda/Acura applications.
60170 Spool
6010 Axle
FORGED 4140 SPOOL
• Lightened flange to reduce rotating
mass
60100-AP
60102 Axle
HALF SHAFT ASSEMBLY
DISC BRAKES
• Increased shaft size results in a 75%
increase in overall strength
• Custom mounting brackets insure seamless installation
Accord/Prelude Driveline and Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5045.00
Complete system for Accord/Prelude trans including spool, intermediate shafts, half shafts with CV joints, outer wheel flanges, drive stud kit and
MW brake kit with MW calipers and drilled steel rotors
60100-LS
Honda/Acura LS Driveline and Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5045.00
Complete system for Honda LS trans including spool, intermediate shafts, half shafts with CV joints, outer wheel flanges, drive stud kit and MW
brake kit with MW calipers and drilled steel rotors
60100-GSR Honda/Acura GSR Driveline and Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5045.00
Complete system for Honda GSR trans including spool, intermediate shafts, half shafts with CV joints, outer wheel flanges, drive stud kit and MW
brake kit with MW calipers and drilled steel rotors
PANTERA AXLES
AND
CV CONVERSION
MW now has CV Joint conversion kit for Ford Pantera. This series 15 CV
kit replaces the original U-Joint style half-shafts. Enjoy all the
benefits of a CV joint style design, including, better handling,
smoother operation, less binding, with a increased range of motion.
For a truly superior axle assembly, we have an optional the Gun Drilled
50510G stub axles. The CV to axle Flanges
are compatible with the original half shafts
and can be used for the CV upgrade. All
Stub Axles and CV flanges are made
from 4340. The CV-shaft is produced
from 300M, hardened and shot peened.
P-6000 Half-Shaft CV Conversion Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4495.00
Includes everything you need to convert to CV Joints.
50510 Pantera Stub Axles (Pair) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .761.25
4340 8 spline stub axle pair. OEM Replacement axle.
50510G Gun Drilled Pantera Stub Axles (Pair) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .925.00
Same as 50510 but includes 5/8” gun-drilled center.
12
50510G
C5 CORVETTE HALF SHAFTS
If you have a hot Corvette, this is the differential output shaft that you need to put reliable power to the ground. With
generous shaft radiuses to eliminate stress risers, and manufactured from 300M aircraft steel, these shafts have been
designed to handle the rigors of any high powered application. Applications are for 1997 and newer C5 Corvette axle
shafts that attach to the constant velocity (CV) joints. The internal intermediate shaft is also available. Differential shafts
can also be built in custom lengths for street rod or specialty applications using a transplanted Corvette rear. Axle shafts are
sold in pairs, Intermediate shafts are singles.
50220
C5 Corvette 300M Axle C/V Shafts (pair) . . .875.00
300M C.V axle shafts (pair) ‘97 thru ‘02 C5 Corvette Replaces GM
P/N 10311201
50210 C5 Corvette 300M Intermediate (one) . . . . . .355.50
300M intermediate shaft for '97 thru '02 C5 Corvette. Replaces GM
P/N 88893900
CORVETTE OVERSIZED HUB YOKES
This is a fix fort the early model Corvette rear hub shaft/yoke, that are prone failure. We have increased the spline size to a
31-tooth spline and the material is aircraft alloy steel thru-hardened for maximum strength. The threads are fine thread
metric and comes with the nut and fine adjustment locking device. It does require boring and re-broaching you present hubs
to 31-tooth spline, which we can do in house.
50225
Corvette Bullet Rear Hub Shaft (each) . . . . .714.00
Produced from billet aircraft quality materials thru hardened heat
treated 31 tooth splines. Includes spindle nut with fine adjustment
50226 Re-Bore and Broach Customers Hubs (pair) . .175.00
Rework hubs for 31 tooth spline to fit 50225 Hub Shaft.
MITSUBISHI 3/S OUTPUT SHAFT
Made from 300M, the 3SI-25 output shaft is designed to handle
increased horsepower in your 3/SI application. Our shaft is designed to
replace the original transfer case output shaft in AWD Stealth and 3000
GT cars with 2nd generation transmissions. The 3SI-225S is a 300M
upgrade to the stock transfer case spool. Weak splines in the spool will
no longer be an issue.
3SI-25 Transfer case 25 spline output shaft . . . . . . . . . .596.00
3SI-18 Transfer case 18 spline output shaft . . . . . . . . . .596.00
3SI-225 Transfer case spool 25 spline (2nd gen. trans.) .298.00
3SI-25
3SI-225
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 13
STEEL SPOOLS
All Mark Williams steel spools are precision machined from 4140 steel forgings on CNC
tools to ensure accuracy. The ring gear register and bearing diameters are precision
ground with the spool mounted on a special arbor to assure concentricity between the
splines and the ground surfaces. The final grinding operation also ensures a near zero
runout on the ring mounting surface. Engineered for maximum reliability, MW
spools also have an increased cross-section under the ring gear register to prevent ring
gear deflection. MW spools are heat treated in-house with the same austemper
through hardening heat treat process as MW’s “Hi-Torque” axles.
Mark Williams steel spools are offered in both standard and lightweight versions. The
major differences are the addition of lightening holes drilled through the hub of the
spool and a profile milled ring gear flange. This reduces the weight by as much as 25%
over the standard version without sacrificing the strength of the spool.
53140
STEEL SPOOLS
53120
35 Spline 8” Ford Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283.00
MW 35 spline. 10.5 lbs.
53132
35 Spline 8.8” Ford Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
MW 35 spline. 14 lbs. Must use 57900 ring gear bolts.
53136
53180
35 Spline 8-3/4” Mopar Spool . . . . . . . . . . .308.00
MW 35 spline. 14 lbs.
53186
30 Spline 8-3/4” Mopar Spool . . . . . . . . . . .308.00
Stock type 30 spline. 14 lbs.
40 Spline 9” Ford Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
For 3.250” bore case, requires 45 mm bore wheel bearing and matching housing ends. 11 lbs.
53140
35 Spline 9” Ford Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
MW 35 spline. For stock 2.893” or 3.062” case. 11 lbs.
53144
31 Spline 9” Ford Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
Stock type 31-spline. 12 lbs.
53146
35 Spline 9” Ford Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
MW 35 spline For 3.250” bore case. 12 lbs.
53130
35 Spline 8.5 GM 10-Bolt Spool.* . . . . . . . .269.00
MW 35 spline. For 1970 or later. 14 lbs.
53160
35 Spline 12 Bolt Chevrolet Spool * . . . . . . .269.00
MW 35 spline. 14 lbs.
53164
30 Spline 12-Bolt Chevrolet Spool * . . . . . . .283.00
53137
Stock type 30 spline. 14 lbs.
LIGHTWEIGHT STEEL SPOOLS
D1554F33 33 Spline 9” Ford Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . .304.50
Strange Engineering spool (not profiled)
53125
40 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool . . . . . .318.00
For 3.812” case bore and 1/2” ring gear bolts. 9.7 lbs
53127
40 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool . . . . . .318.00
For 3.812” bore case and 7/16” ring gear bolts. 9.7 lbs
53129
40 Spline Modular 12 Bolt LW Spool . . . . . .318.00
MW 40 spline. 12.5 lbs.
53134
35 Spline 8.8 Ford Lightweight Spool . . . . .318.00
MW 35 spline. Must use 57900 ring gear bolts 11 lbs.
53137
40 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool . . . . . .318.00
For 3.250” bore case. 8.5 lbs.
53138
35 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool . . . . . .318.00
Summers Bros. type for 3.250” bore case. 9 lbs.
53145
35 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool . . . . . .318.00
MW 35 spline for 2.983 or 3.062 bore case. 8.75 lbs.
14
53147
35 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool . . . . . .318.00
Strange type for 3.250” bore case. 10.5 lbs.
53148
35 Spline 9” Ford Lightweight Spool . . . . . .318.00
MW 35 spline for 3.250” case. 9 lbs.
53165
35 Spline12-Bolt Chevy LW Spool * . . . . . . .318.00
MW 35 spline. 11 lbs.
53173
35 Spline Dana 60 Lightweight Spool . . . . .505.00
MW 35 spline. For Series 3 gears. 17 lbs.
53175
35 Spline Dana 60 Lightweight Spool . . . . .505.00
MW 35 spline. 17 lbs.
53177
40 Spline Dana 60 Lightweight Spool . . . . .505.00
Requires 58505 bearings and proper housing ends. 16 lbs.
53187
35 Spline 8 3/4 Mopar LW Spool . . . . . . . . .330.00
MW 35 spline. 12.5 lbs.
53265
35 Spline 12-Bolt Lightweight Spool* . . . . . .318.00
MW 35 spline 3.250” bore carrier 11.1 lbs.
ALUMINUM SPOOLS
Mark Williams offers spools manufactured from High Strength forged
aluminum alloy. M/W’s aluminum spools are successfully being
used in Pro Stock, Comp, Super Comp, Super Gas and Stock
eliminator cars. They are machined from 7075-T6
aluminum alloy forgings and finished with the M/W Gold
Coat. Aluminum spools are approximately half the weight
of the profile milled steel spools. The 35 spline aluminum
spools are available for most popular rears. The 40-spline
spools are available for 9”thru 10” Fords, 11” Modular as
well as Dana 60 rears. The 31-spline aluminum 9” Ford spools
are also available but recommended only for oval track racing.
Aluminum 9” Ford 40 spline spools must be used in a case with a
3.812” or 4.00” bore.The 35 spline aluminum 9” Ford spool requires
a case with a 3.250” bore.
53123
9” Ford Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225.00
53166 12-Bolt Modular Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . 366.00
Stock Ford 31 spline, weight 4.9 lbs
53133
MW 35 spline for 12-bolt modular housing, weight 5.2 lbs.
9” Ford Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366.00
53174
MW 40 spline, for 3.812 bore case. 4.7 lbs
53135
9” Ford Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366.00
53179
MW 35 spline, for 3.250” bore case. 4.9 lbs.
53153
Dana 60 Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521.00
MW 40 spline, 45mm bore axle bearings and proper housing ends
required. 8 lbs.
8-3/4” Mopar Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . .594.40
MW 35-spline, weight 5.2 lbs.
Olds/Pont ‘57-64 Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . .521.00
35 Spline M/W Spline 2.00 ID Bearing with hard bolt seat washers
53158
12-Bolt Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517.00
LOCKING CARRIERS
*MW 35 spline, housing must be bored to 3.250”. Includes 58925
shim kit and 53161A bearing kit. 5.3 lbs.
225S-23A
187S-13A
187S-35C
187S-17B
DETROIT LOCKER® is offered for popular 9” Ford applications (28 and 31-spline), as well as Dana 60 rear ends. These units are designed to
provide power to both wheels even in those situations where one tire loses traction. Detroit lockers will also compensate for differences in wheel
speed when turning corners by letting the wheel with the larger turning radius overrun and unlock from the other wheel.
187S-13A 9” Ford 28 spline Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . .650.00
187S-17B 9” Ford 31 spline Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . .781.76
187S-35C 9” Ford 35 spline Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . .781.76
225S-23A Dana 60 Detroit Locker® . . . . . . . . . . . . .840.24
35 Spline for 4 series gears.
BILLET OPEN CARRIERS
Nodular iron housing. Requires 3.250” bore case.
Billet 9” Ford
Modular 11”
MW manufactures steel billet open carriers made from 4140 chromoly.
Carriers are available for the 9” Ford and the MW 11” Modular rear. The
9” unit has 31 spline axle gears and 4 pinion gears for added strength. The
bearing journals are over size and require a 3.250” bore case. The 11”
carrier is also a 4 pinion gear design and is available with 40 or 35 spline
axle side gears. The 11” carrier is available for 2.91 and 3.20 ratios and
3.73 thru 5.83 ratios.
90030
Modular 11” Open Carrier, 40 spline . . . . .2285.00
Special 4140 billet housing and spider gears for 2.91-3.20 ratio gears.
57260
9” Open Carrier, 31 spline . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680.00
Special 4140 billet housing with 4 spider gears for 3.25” bore case.
toll free
800-525-1963
90034
Modular 11” Open Carrier, 40 spline . . . . .3413.92
Special 4140 billet housing and spider gears for 3.73-5.83 ratio gears.
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 15
POSI-TRACTION UNITS
There
are a number of excellent after-market posi-traction units which
have proven to be exceptionally reliable in increased power street
machines. These units provide increased traction prior to wheel spin.
This is accomplished through the use of pre-loaded friction discs and
to some degree the wedging action of the axle gear. This distributes
torque to the wheel with superior traction rather than letting the
wheel without traction spin free. All Eaton™ units are equipped
with carbon fiber clutches and are available for 10 and 12 bolt GM
passenger car and truck rears as well as 8.8 Ford rears.
57311
9” Ford Posi-Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428.40
31 spline clutch O.E. type posi-traction.
19510
12 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction . . . . . . . . . . .504.45
12 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction (Series 3) . . .469.12
30 spline with 400 lb clutch preload. For 3.08 to 4.10 ratios.
19555
12 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction . . . . . . . . . . .469.12
30 spline with 400 lb clutch preload. For 4.10 to 6.14 ratios.
BEARINGS
AND
FORD
53121
53124
53126
SPOOL MATING PARTS
8” Ford Spool Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53.15
9” Ford Spool Bearings 3.812 O.D. . . . . . .87.40
9” Ford Spool Bearings 3.812 O.D. . . . . .133.65
53131 8” Ford and 8.5” 10-Bolt Spool Bearings . .71.12
53141 9” Ford Spool Bearings, 2.893” O.D. . . . . .53.15
53142 9” Ford Spool Bearings, 3.062” O.D. . . . . .62.72
53143 9” Ford Spool Bearings, 3.250” O.D. . . . . .59.30
53210 9” Ford Spool Bearings 3.812 O.D. . . . . .107.65
Angular contact for 2.25 id x 3.812 od
53220 9” Ford Spool Bearings 4.00 O.D. . . . . . .201.76
Angular contact for 2.25 id x 4.000 od
57510 Spool Shim Adapter, (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48.15
To use a spool with 1.7” dia. journals in a 3.250” case
Adjuster Adapter,(pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103.64
To adapt a 3.062” bearing to 3.250” bore case. MW case ONLY
16
19588
8.8 Ford Eaton™ Posi-Traction . . . . . . . . . .501.15
31 spline with 400 lb clutch preload. For 3.08 and up ratios.
19603
8.2” GM Eaton™ Posi-Traction . . . . . . . . . . .501.97
28 spline with 400 lb clutch preload. For 3.08 and up ratios.
57940
All MW spool bearing kits feature
Timken® bearings and races. MW also
offers special bearing adapters to allow the
use of spools for smaller bore sizes to be
used in larger bores. MW ring gear bolts
are manufactured with a ground shoulder to
drive against, while the 12 point bolt heads
are drilled to accept aircraft type safety
wire. This fool-proof method eliminates
the chance of the ring gear bolts loosening
and “backing out”.
58900
To use a spool with 2” dia. journals in a 3.812 case
57570
8.5 10 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction . . . . . . . .509.91
28 spline with 400 lb clutch preload. For 2.73 to 5.57 ratios.
57570
57920
57900
19557
RING GEAR BOLTS
57510
53143
12 Bolt Eaton™ Truck Posi-Traction . . . . . .469.61
400lb preload unit, 30-spline for 3.73 to 5.38 ratio.
30 spline with 800 lb clutch preload. For 3.90-6.14 ratios.
19554
19556
57900 9” Ring Gear Bolt Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34.00
7/16”-20 threads, 12 point 3/4 hex, safety wire hole
57920 9” Ford Ring Gear Bolt Set 1/2-20 . . . . . .56.81
57940 Thin 9” Ford Ring Gear Bolt Set 1/2-20 . .82.10
GM SPOOL MATING PARTS
53151 ’57-64 Olds/Pontiac Spool Bearings . . . . .70.70
53157 GM 12 Bolt Inner Carrier Shim, (ea) . . . . .30.00
53161 GM 12 Bolt Spool Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . .61.50
53161A GM 12 Bolt Spool Bearings (for 53158) . .84.44
58900 MW G.M.12 Bolt Ring Gear Bolt Set . . . . .40.51
DANA 60 AND 8-3/4 MOPAR MATING PARTS
53171 Dana 60 Spool Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . .109.00
56900 Dana 60 Ring Gear Bolt kit . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
53181 8-3/4” Mopar Spool Bearings . . . . . . . . . . .71.12
53900 8-3/4” Mopar Ring Gear Bolts . . . . . . . . . .35.00
RING
AND
PINION GEARS
Mark Williams Enterprises, Inc. is one of the nation’s largest warehouse
distributors for several manufacturers. At any given time, you’ll find
hundreds of ring & pinion gear sets in stock at MW! This includes standard
gears for oval track and street use as well as 9310 Alloy “Pro” gears for drag race
only applications. Additionally, Mark Williams Enterprises, Inc. has everything
necessary to properly install and set up a rear end gear set. This includes
installation kits, tools, measuring devices, gear marking compound, special ring
gear bolts, safety wire and gear lube. On the following pages you will find a listing
of ring and pinion sets available at the publication time. Different vendors may
introduce any additional ratios following this publication. Call 800-525-1963 for
availability and pricing on items not listed.
•SAME-DAY SHIPPING OF STOCK GEARS •COMPETITIVE PRICES •COURTEOUS & KNOWLEDGEABLE SALES STAFF
8620 “STANDARD” GEARS
9310 “PRO” GEARS
“INCREASED SIZE PRO” GEARS
Standard Gears are primarily used in oval
track and street applications. The material
and heat treating provide excellent wear
service life but doesn’t handle shock loads
as well as Pro gears. 9” Ford standard
gears have a 28 spline pinion.
“Pro” gears are designed specifically for
drag racing. The 9310 alloy and heat treat
are ideally suited to absorb high impact
shock loads. 9” Ford ratios from 4:86 to
6:50 have 28 spline pinions. Select ratios
available for 12 Bolt and Dana 60.
These 9”, 9 1/2” and 10” Ford gears are
built specifically for ultra high horsepower
drag racing applications from 9310
material. All available ratios (2.91 to 4.86)
most have a large 35 spline shaft.
9” FORD GEAR NOTES
CASE CLEARANCE
DOUBLE ANGULAR BALL BEARING SUPPORT
While many new 9” gears are now manufactured for case clearance, many
9” Ford ring gears require modification to clear the pinion pilot bearing
area. Do not grind on the case. Instead, chamfer the ring gear for
clearance. A gauge tool is available (57486) that checks the profile and
gauges the interfering material if necessary.
The low friction 57022 32-spline input third members utilize a dual
angular contact bearings in the pinion support, optionally with ceramic
balls for further friction reduction. Additionally we now have a new
series of pinion supports that have dual ball bearings with 28-splines
(P/N 47670) and 35-splines (P/N 47680). Any of these supports can have
the ceramic ball upgrade and the Tungsten Disulfide Coating, NanoGrey™, coating applied.
LUBRICATION
We recommend using four quarts of MW-Torco GL-6 racing gear oil,
SAE 85w140, Part number 55-0030, 1qt., This is a non-synthetic lube
with additional extreme pressure additives to prevent galling. We do not
recommend synthetic lubes for Drag Race applications. Oval Track
applications require a baffle to prevent all the lube from becoming built
up in the right axle housing tube. Our rear end filler bung and cap, part
numbers 5015 & 5016 installed in the top of the housing make it easy to
fill.
PINION BEARING
If using a stock Ford front pinion bearing support, it must be the unit that
has the HM89443 rear cone. Some standard pinion Pro Gears must use a
HM89444 rear cone. This bearing has a larger radius that matches the
increased radius in the pinion. Do not use the OEM pinion support with
the M-88048 rear bearing. It will not stand the load and will fail
destroying the gear set.
RECOMMENDED PINION SUPPORTS
The recommended pinion support is our heavy duty Taper/Taper support
part numbers 57620 for 28-spline input, or 57630 for 35-spline input.
Both use larger Timken® bearings front and rear. The next step is the
Ball/Taper support that has a lower preload and is capable of much higher
RPM. Our tests have shown that this bearing combination has less pinion
deflection than the double Timken® bearing units. This unit utilizes a
Timken® front bearing with a angular contact bearing in the rear. The
standard 28-spline pinion uses part number 57670 and the 35-spline
pinion is 57680. These two are most popular units and are used on most
thirdmember builds. An option for either of the units is a ceramic ball rear
bearing that is lighter and reduces the rolling friction.
toll free
800-525-1963
WHAT SIZE GEAR 9”, 9-1/2” OR 10”
Over the years we have strived to increase the durability for the 9” Ford
type differential. In the early days the standard 9” diameter 8620 alloy
ring and pinions were the only choice. Then the 9310 alloys were
introduced with improved gear life. The next problem was twisting the
pinion spline in two the with the Top Fuel cars of the day. Increasing the
input spline to 35-splines solved that problem. The gears needed a size
increase so the gear pitch diameter was increased a 9-1/2” patter. It’s to be
noted that the physical diameter of the ring gear is 9-1/4” Some of the
edge material was removed to fit in the current aftermarket housings. The
latest change is increasing the pitch diameter pattern to a 10” pattern. The
actual ring gear measures 9-7/16” diameter. Another improvement was to
change the balance of the ring gear tooth thickness to pinion gear
thickness to balance the stresses. The pinion support for the 10” ring and
pinions is different from the 9”-9-1/2” gears. This is to accommodate the
larger distance from the ring gear center to the rear pinion bearing
(mounting distance) on the larger 10” pattern.
WHAT GEAR RATIO IS RIGHT FOR MY CAR?
The answer to this often asked question is easier
than you might think. The Mark Williams
Gear Ratio Calculator allows you to insert 3
of 4 variables, tire diameter, engine RPM,
and MPH with the result being the final
gear ratio required. You can also use it to
determine the correct tire size or see how a
tire size change will affect engine RPM
and/or speed. Ratios can also be
calculated on our web site at
www.markwilliams.com click> Technical then
click> Calculators.
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 17
9” FORD GEARS
8620 STREET/OVAL TRACK GEARS
07-890300
07-890325
F890325
07-890350
629-0195
629-0361
07-890370
F890370
F890389
07-890389
07-890400
07-890411
629-0179
F890411
07-890430
629-0161
629-0185
F890457
07-890457
07-890463
629-0379
F890471
07-890471
629-0362
07-890486
629-0067
07-890500
3.00
3.25
3.25
3.50
3.55
3.70
3.70
3.70
3.89
3.89
4.00
4.11
4.11
4.11
4.30
4.33
4.56
4.57
4.57
4.63
4.63
4.71
4.71
4.71
4.86
4.86
5.00
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
‘57-’73 Passenger Car - ‘57-’87 Light Trucks
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212.54
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .273.90
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .234.77
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.37
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201.05
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .220.96
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192.47
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .234.77
Richmond Gear` . . . . . . . . . .229.01
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.29
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .399.76
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216.71
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .242.57
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .247.43
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
629-0360
07-890514
629-0068
F890543
07-890529
629-0270
F890543
07-890543
629-0069
F890567
07-890567
629-0070
F890583
07-890583
629-0288
F890600
07-890600
629-0199
F890620
07-890620
629-0290
F890633
07-890633
629-0276
F890650
07-890650
629-0197
1.313” dia. pinion stem 28 spline pinion
5.00
5.14
5.14
5.29
5.29
5.29
5.43
5.43
5.43
5.67
5.67
5.67
5.83
5.83
5.83
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.20
6.20
6.20
6.33
6.33
6.33
6.50
6.50
6.50
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9310 DRAG RACE STANDARD PINION 9” PRO GEARS
F990350SP
F990370SP
F990429SP
F990457SP
F990389SP
F990471SP
729-0066
07-990500
729-0078
07-990514
729-0017
07-990514
F990529SP
07-990529
729-0069
F990543SP
18
3.50
3.70
4.29
4.57
3.89
4.71
4.86
5.00
5.00
5.14
5.14
5.14
5.29
5.29
5.29
5.43
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .454.90
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .454.90
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .444.89
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .444.89
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .454.90
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .421.92
Richmond Small Pro 9310 . . .383.22
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .344.25
Richmond Small Pro 9310 . . .373.03
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .344.25
Richmond Small Pro 9310 . . .369.41
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .344.25
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .375.44
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .344.25
Richmond Small Pro 9310 . .421.20
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .376.97
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .249.85
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .249.85
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212.54
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .249.85
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212.54
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .249.85
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210.85
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .249.85
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214.62
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .262.64
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214.62
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .262.64
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214.62
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .262.64
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216.71
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .262.64
Motive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214.62
US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191.27
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . . . . .262.64
1.313” dia. pinion stem 28 spline pinion
07-990543
729-0005
F990567SP
07-990567
729-0007
F990583SP
07-990583
729-0019
F990600SP
07-990600
F990620SP
07-990620
07-990633
F990650SP
07-990650
729-0054
5.43
5.43
5.67
5.67
5.67
5.83
5.83
5.83
6.00
6.00
6.20
6.20
6.33
6.50
6.50
6.50
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
9” Ford
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .344.25
Richmond Small Pro 9310 . . .403.89
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .384.35
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .344.25
Richmond Small Pro 9310 . . .403.89
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .363.29
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .330.48
Richmond Small Pro 9310 . . .402.79
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .363.29
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .330.48
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .363.29
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .330.48
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .330.48
Motive Small Pinion 9310 . . .363.29
US Small Pinion 9310 . . . . . .330.48
Richmond Small Pro 9310 . . .373.03
9” FORD PRO GEARS
9310 DRAG RACE L ARGE PINION PRO 9”GEARS
1.875” dia. pinion stem 35 spline pinion
07-990340 3.40 9” Ford US Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .397.95
729-0045
07-990350 3.50 9” Ford US Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .397.95
F990429BP 4.29 9” Ford Motive Big Pinion 9310 . . . . .418.26
729-0002
07-990429 4.29 9” Ford US Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .371.79
3.50 9” Ford Richmond Large Pinion 9310 395.88
4.11 9” Ford Richmond Large Pinion 9310 428.10
07-990360 3.60 9” Ford US Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .397.95
729-0079
729-0003
3.60 9” Ford Richmond Large Pinion 9310 395.88
F990457BP 4.57 9” Ford Motive Large Pinion 9310 . . .412.69
F990370BP 3.70 9” Ford Motive Large Pinion 9310 . . .446.15
07-990457 4.57 9” Ford US Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .371.79
07-990370 3.70 9” Ford US Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .397.95
729-0080
729-0004
07-990471 4.71 9” Ford US Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .371.79
3.70 9” Ford Richmond Large Pinion 9310 395.88
4.29 9” Ford Richmond Large Pinion 9310 436.16
4.57 9” Ford Richmond Large Pinion 9310 436.16
F990370BP 3.70 9” Ford Motive Large Pinion 9310 . . .429.42
729-0070
07-990389 3.89 9” Ford US Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .397.95
F990486BP 4.86 9” Ford Motive Large Pinion 9310 . . .401.53
729-0043
07-990486 4.86 9” Ford US Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .358.02
3.89 9” Ford Richmond Large Pinion 9310 460.33
F990411BP 4.11 9” Ford Motive Large Pinion 9310 . . .412.69
07-990411 4.11 9” Ford US Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .371.79
9310 DRAG RACE L ARGE PINION 9-1/2”PRO GEARS
729-0060
4.71 9” Ford Richmond Large Pinion 9310 421.20
4.86 9” Ford Richmond Large Pinion 9310 421.20
9 1/2” FORD PRO GEARS
1.875” dia. pinion stem 35 spline pinion (unless noted otherwise noted))
U9.5F-2.91 2.91 9-1/2 Hoosier 40 Spline Pinion . . . .1082.70
F95/429-PRO4.29 9-1/2” Ford Hoosier Large Pinion . . . .607.50
U9.5F-3.25 3.25 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . . .653.83
07-995429 4.29 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .440.64
07-995325 3.25 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .453.03
729-0098
U9.5F-340 3.40 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . . .653.83
U9.5F4.57 4.57 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . .653.83
07-995340 3.40 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .453.03
07-995457 4.57 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .440.64
U9.5F-3.50 3.50 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . .653.83
729-0101
07-995350 3.50 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .453.03
U9.5F4.86 4.86 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . .653.83
U9.5F3.60 3.60 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . .653.83
07-995486 4.86 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .440.64
07-995360 3.60 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .453.09
U9.5F5.00 5.00 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . .653.83
U9.5F3.70 3.70 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . .653.83
07-995500 5.00 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .440.64
U9.5F3.89 3.89 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . .653.83
U9.5F5.14 5.14 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . .653.83
07-995389 3.89 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .440.64
07-995514 5.14 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .440.64
U9.5F4.11 4.11 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . .653.83
729-0108 5.00 9-1/2” Ford Richmond Std. Pinion . . .603.13
28 spline standard pinion
07-995411 4.11 9-1/2” Ford US Gear Large Pinion . . .440.64
729-0097
4.11 9-1/2” Ford Richmond Large Pinion . .603.13
U9.5F4.29 4.29 9-1/2” Ford US-Toms Large Pinion . .725.63
RING GEAR
LIGHTENING
800-525-1963
4.57 9-1/2” Ford Large Pinion 9310 . . . . . .585.56
729-0111 5.20 9-1/2” Ford Richmond Std. Pinion . . .603.13
28 spline standard pinion
GEAR LIGHTENING
MW offers a special ring gear lightening service for 9” Ford, 12 bolt GM (4:88 to 6:20 ratio) and
Dana 60 gears. This process is performed on a CNC lathe with special tooling to produce a
generous radius and smooth finish. The result is a weight reduction of between 1/2 and 3-1/2
lbs. Some gears are factory lightened but we can remove additional weight in most cases.
LRG
toll free
4.29 9-1/2” Ford Richmond Large Pinion . .603.13
Lighten ring gear. (with gear purchase) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95.00
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 19
10” FORD PRO GEARS
9310 10” PITCH DIAMETER DEVELOPMENT (9.43 PHYSICAL RING DIAMETER)
The latest strength improvement for the 9” Ford rears. Requires matching case and pinion front bearing support. Can be used in most 9” Housings with
extra clearance modifications. All have 35 spline input and 1/2” ring gear bolts. Fits 9” spools for 1/2” ring gear bolts
T10-370
3.70 10” Ford Tom’s Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173.58
07-910471 4.71 10” Ford US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .826.20
T10-389
3.89 10” Ford Tom’s Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173.58
T10-500
5.00 10” Ford Tom’s Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173.58
07-910389 3.89 10” Ford US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .826.20
07-910500 5.00 10” Ford US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .826.20
T10-411
T10-514
4.11 10” Ford Tom’s Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173.58
5.14 10” Ford Tom’s Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173.58
07-910411 4.11 10” Ford US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .826.20
07-910514 5.14 10” Ford US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .826.20
T10-429
4.29 10” Ford Tom’s Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173.58
07-910543 5.43 10” Ford US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .826.20
07-910429 4.29 10” Ford US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .826.20
07-910583 5.83 10” Ford US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .826.20
T10-457
07-910620 6.20 10” Ford US Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .826.20
4.57 10” Ford Tom’s Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173.58
9-1/2” MWE LOW FRICTION FORD GEARS
9310 PRO STOCK 32 SPLINE INPUT
As used in the MW Low Friction 57022 Thirdmembers 45mm rear pinion bearing ID, 32 spline pinion.
These gears are manufactured for M/W by Velvet Drive, the original manufacturer for Richmond brand gears. The quality is the same as pre 2002
Richmond brand gears. The gears can be used in a Differential with the M/W ball taper support with different spacers and a 32 spline pinion yoke. See catalog page 29 for the matching pinion support. These gears are available with Shot Peening and Super-Fin finishing options.
MWE-511 5.11
9-1/2” Low Friction Gear . . . . . . . . . . .752.00
MWE-529 5.29
9-1/2” Low Friction Gear . . . . . . . . . . .720.00
MWE-514 5.14
9-1/2” Low Friction Gear . . . . . . . . . . .752.00
MWE-533 5.33
9-1/2” Low Friction Gear . . . . . . . . . . .786.00
MWE-517 5.17
9-1/2” Low Friction Gear . . . . . . . . . . .752.00
MWE-538 5.38
9-1/2” Low Friction Gear . . . . . . . . . . .806.75
MWE-520 5.20
9-1/2” Low Friction Gear . . . . . . . . . . .752.00
MWE-543 5.43
9-1/2” Low Friction Gear . . . . . . . . . . .806.75
MWE-525 5.25
9-1/2” Low Friction Gear . . . . . . . . . . .720.00
MWE-550 5.50
9-1/2” Low Friction Gear . . . . . . . . . . .806.75
MW 11” MODULAR GEARS
9310 RO GEAR MATERIAL
729-0121
729-0320
729-0120
729-0115
2.91
3.20
3.89
4.11
SERIES 1
For 11” M/W Moduar Differential 14 ring gear bolts 9/16-18 thread
11” Modular
11” Modular
11” Modular
11” Modular
GEARS USE
Gear,
Gear,
Gear,
Gear,
Series
Series
Series
Series
53104 SPOOL
8.8” FORD GEARS
1
1
2
2
OR
Spool
Spool
Spool
Spool
1800.00
1800.00
1800.00
1800.00
2.167” rear bearing dia. 40 spline input
729-0116 4.29 11” Modular Gear, Series 2 Spool 1800.00
729-0117 4.57 11” Modular Gear, Series 2 Spool 1800.00
729-0124 5.83 11” Modular Gear, Series 2 Spool 2038.00
90030 CARRIER, SERIES 2 GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
USE
53108 SPOOL
OR
90034 CARRIER
1.626” dia. pinion stem 30 spline pinion
07-888308 3.08 8.8” Ford US Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . .172.13
07-888410 4.10 8.8” Ford US Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . .172.13
2020743
3.08 8.8” Ford Spicer Gear 8620 . . . . . . . .176.78
629-0310
F888327
3.27 8.8” Ford Motive Gear 8620 . . . . . . . .172.13
07-888410 4.10 8.8” Ford US Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . .172.13
429-0103
4.10 8.8” Ford Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240.52
3.55 8.8” Ford Richmond Gear 8620 . . . . .223.12
F888430
4.30 8.8” Ford Motive Gear 8620 . . . . . . . .206.80
07-888355 3.55 8.8” Ford US Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . .172.13
629-0376
4.33 8.8” Ford Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240.52
F888373
F888456
4.56 8.8” Ford Motive Gear 8620 . . . . . . . .206.80
3.73 8.8” Ford Motive Gear 8620 . . . . . . . .195.29
07-888373 3.73 8.8” Ford US Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . .172.13
07-888456 4.56 8.8” Ford US Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . .172.13
429-0104
3.73 8.8” Ford Richmond Gear 8620 . . . . .223.12
629-0312
629-0311
3.89 8.8” Ford Richmond Gear 8620 . . . . .235.81
07-888471 4.71 8.8” Ford US Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . .206.55
4.56 8.8” Ford Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242..88
F888390
3.90 8.8” Ford Motive Gear 8620 . . . . . . . .212.54
F888488
4.88 8.8” Ford Motive Gear 8620 . . . . . . . .218.84
07-888390 3.90 8.8” Ford US Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . .172.13
07-888488 4.88 8.8” Ford US Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . .172.13
F888410
629-0382
4.10 8.8” Ford Motive Gear 8620 . . . . . . . .211.05
4.88 8.8” Ford Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255.66
07-888513 5.13 8.8” Ford US Gear 8620 . . . . . . . . . . .172.13
20
‘57-’64 OLDS-PONTIAC GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS ‘57-’64 Thirdmember type rears
ALL ‘57-’64 OLDS PONT GEARS FIT 4
9.3” ring gear 1.875” dia. 13 spline pinion stem
SERIES CARRIERS
629-0006
629-0007
629-0008
4.10 ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Gear . . . . . . . . .469.00
4.30 ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Gear . . . . . . . . .469.00
4.56 ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Gear . . . . . . . . .469.00
83-5810
Installation Kit, Posi-Open . . . . . . . . . . . . .196.08
(4.10
AND NUMERICALLY HIGHER) OR
629-0009
629-0148
629-0151
MW SPOOL
4.88 ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Gear . . . . . . . . .469.00
5.14 ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Gear . . . . . . . . .469.00
5.38 ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Gear . . . . . . . . .469.00
83-5810-S Installation Kit, Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178.00
GM CAR 12 BOLT GEARS
8620 STREET OVAL TRACK GEARS
429-0094
01-888308
429-0113
01-888342
G888342
429-0095
429-0039
01-888373
429-0096
429-0040
01-888391
629-0304
629-0031
01-888411
01-888430
3.08
3.08
3.42
3.42
3.42
3.55
3.73
3.73
3.73
3.90
3.91
4.10
4.10
4.11
4.30
1.625” dia. pinion stem 30 spline pinion, 4 series
12 Bolt Car Richmond 3 series . . . .247.43
12 Bolt Car US Gear 3 series . . . . . .193.60
12 Bolt Car Richmond 3 series . . . . .220.96
12 Bolt Car US Gear 3 series . . . . . .193.60
12 Bolt Car Motive 3 series . . . . . . . .195.29
12 Bolt Car Richmond 3 series . . . . .260.09
12 Bolt Car Richmond 3 series . . . . .214.50
12 Bolt Car US Gear 3 series . . . . . .193.60
12 Bolt Car Richmond - 4 series . . . .260.09
12 Bolt Car Richmond - 3 series . . . .260.09
12 Bolt Car US Gear 3 series . . . . . .193.60
12 Bolt Car Richmond 3 series . . . . .234.77
12 Bolt Car Richmond - 4 series . . . .208.30
12 Bolt Car US Gear 4 series . . . . . .193.60
12 Bolt Car US Gear 4 series . . . . . .193.60
GM CAR 12 BOLT INSTALLATION KIT
3
SERIES CARRIERS
3.08
629-0378
01-888456
629-0306
629-0032
G888456
01-888488
629-0033
01-888514
629-0034
01-888538
629-0035
629-0037
629-0038
80-0269
83-1019 Installation Kit, GM Car 12 Bolt . . . . . . . . . .161.21
TO
3.73
4
SERIES CARRIERS
4.11
4.33
4.56
4.56
4.88
4.88
5.14
5.14
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
Car
Car
Car
Car
Car
Car
Car
Car
8620 STREET GEARS
3
Richmond Pro Gear . . . .383.22
Richmond Pro Gear . . . .388.98
US Gear Pro Gear . . . . .326.35
Richmond Pro Gear . . . .352.15
US Gear Pro Gear . . . . .326.35
Richmond Pro Gear . . . .351.00
US Gear Pro Gear . . . . .326.35
Richmond Pro Gear . . . .352.15
5.38 12 Bolt Car US Gear Pro Gear• . . . . .356.35
5.38 12 Bolt Car Richmond Pro Gear• . . . .352.15
5.57 12 Bolt Car US Gear Pro Gear• . . . . .326.36
5.57 12 Bolt Car Richmond Pro Gear• . . . .373.03
5.86 12 Bolt Car US Gear Pro Gear• . . . . .326.36
5.86 12 Bolt Car Pro Gear• . . . . . . . . . . . .369.41
6.14 12 Bolt Car US Gear Pro Gear• . . . . .420.53
Special cross pin for gears w/• . . . . . . . . . . .39.38
GM TRUCK 12 BOLT GEARS
1.437” dia. pinion stem 30 spline pinion
‘64-’82 C10/K10 & K20, Blazer - G10/G20 Van
3.40
AND NUMERICALLY LOWER
GM TRUCK 12 BOLT INSTALLATION KIT
toll free
800-525-1963
21
01-988538
729-0029
01-988557
729-0031
01-988586
729-0033
01-988614
80-0269
83-1019 Installation Kit, GM Car 12 Bolt . . . . . . . . . .161.21
3.08 GM Truck 12 Bolt - 3 series . . . . . . . .223.13
3.73 GM Truck 12 Bolt - 4 series . . . . . . . .220.96
SERIES CARRIERS
AND NUMERICALLY HIGHER
1.625” dia. pinion stem 30 spline pinion, 4 series
GM CAR 12 BOLT INSTALLATION KIT
429-0068
429-0280
3.90
GM CAR 12 BOLT PRO GEARS
9310 DRAG RACE PRO GEARS
729-0099
729-0074
01-988456
729-0072
01-988488
729-0064
01-988514
729-0027
4.33 12 Bolt Car Richmond - 4 series . . . .231.26
4.56 12 Bolt Car US Gear - 4 series . . . . .193.60
4.56 12 Bolt Car Richmond 3 series . . . . .231.26
4.56 12 Bolt Car Richmond - 4 series . . . .308.30
4.56 12 Bolt Car Motive 4 series . . . . . . . .195.29
4.88 12 Bolt Car US Gear - 4 series . . . . .193.60
4.88 12 Bolt Car Richmond - 4 series . . . .204.53
5.14 12 Bolt Car US Gear - 4 series . . . . .193.60
5.14 12 Bolt Car Richmond - 4 series . . . .223.12
5.38 12 Bolt Car US Gear - 4 series• . . . . .193.60
5.38 12 Bolt Car Richmond - 4 series . . . .262.64
5.86 12 Bolt Car Richmond - 4 series• . . .276.58
6.14 12 Bolt Car Richmond - 4 series• . . . .276.58
Special cross pin for gears w/• . . . . . . . . . . .39.38
629-0204
4
4.10 GM Truck 12 Bolt - 4 series . . . . . . . .220.96
SERIES CARRIERS
3.73
AND NUMERICALLY HIGHER
83-1018 Installation Kit, GM Truck 12 Bolt . . . . . . . .131.70
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 21
8” FORD GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
429-0101
429-0111
‘65-’79 Mustang - ‘67-’72 Cougar - ‘64-’72 Comet - ’60-’72 Falcon & Fairlane
3.55 8” Ford Richmond Gear 8620 . . . . .229.01
3.80 8” Ford Richmond Gear 8620 . . . . .229.01
8” FORD INSTALLATION KIT
.188” dia. pinion stem 25 spline pinion
4.62 8” Ford Richmond Gear 8620 . . . . . .229.01
629-0065
83-1015 Installation Kit, 8” Ford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123.96
DANA 60 GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
429-0130
706033-1X
706033-2X
629-0052
629-0053
3.73
3.54
3.73
4.10
4.56
‘66-’73 Dodge & Chrysler w/Hemi - Various 3/4 ton trucks ‘67-’98 9 3/4” ring gear 1.626” dia. pinion stem 29 spline pinion
Dana
Dana
Dana
Dana
Dana
60
60
60
60
60
Richmond Gear . . . . . . .249.85
Spicer Gear . . . . . . . . . . .336.48
Spicer Gear . . . . . . . . . . .428.03
Richmond Gear . . . . . . .247.43
Richmond Gear . . . . . . .247.43
629-0054
629-0057
629-0146
706033-8X
4.88
5.13
5.38
7.17
729-0011 4.10 Dana 60 Pro Gear 9310 . . . . . . . . .402.79
05-997430 4.30 Dana 60 US Pro Gear . . . . . . . . . .316.71
729-0077 4.56 Dana 60 Pro Gear 9310 . . . . . . . . .402.79
729-0068
729-0013
729-0041
4.88 Dana 60 Pro Gear 9310 . . . . . . . . .402.79
5.38 Dana 60 Pro Gear 9310 . . . . . . . . .369.41
6.17 Dana 60 Pro Gear 9310 . . . . . . . . .421.20
DANA 60 INSTALLATION KIT
83-1034 Installation Kit, Dana 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251.39
9310 DRAG RACE PRO GEARS
Dana
Dana
Dana
Dana
60
60
60
60
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . .255.66
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . .262.64
Richmond Gear . . . . . . . .268.52
Spicer Gear . . . . . . . . . . .373.87
9 3/4” ring gear 1.626” dia. pinion stem 29 spline pinion
8 3/4” MOPAR GEARS - 742 CASE
8620 STREET GEARS
‘’57-6’68 Dodge, Chrysler and Plymouth
1.750dia. pinion stem 10 spline pinion
629-0375 3.91 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4” . . . . . . . .237.07
629-0045 4.10 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4” . . . . . . . .234.77
629-0046 4.30 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4” . . . . . . . .237.07
629-0047 4.56 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4” . . . . . . . .237.07
629-0048 4.86 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4” . . . . . . . .237.07
629-0145 5.13 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-3/4” . . . . . . . .237.07
8 3/4” MOPAR GEARS - 742
83-1037 Installation Kit, 8 3/4” Mopar - 742 . . . . .196.36
83-5310-S Installation Kit, 8 3/4” Mopar - 742 . . . . . .196.60
8 3/4” MOPAR PRO GEAR - 742 CASE
9310 PRO GEAR
03-987486E
‘’57-6’68 Dodge, Chrysler and Plymouth
1.750 dia. pinion stem 10 spline pinion
4.86 8-3/4” Mopar Pro Gear 1-3/4” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327.94
8 3/4” MOPAR GEARS - 489 CASE
8620 STREET GEARS
‘69-’73 Dodge, Chrysler and Plymouth
1.875” dia. pinion stem 10 spline pinion
03-887355L 3.55 8-3/4” Mopar US Gear 1-7/8” . . . .234.09
03-887391L 3.91 8-3/4” Mopar US Gear 1-7/8” . . . .234.09
629-0059 4.10 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-7/8” . . . . . . . .247.43
629-0060 4.30 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-7/8” . . . . . . .249.85
629-0061 4.57 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-7/8” . . . . . . . .249.85
629-0062 4.86 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-7/8” . . . . . . . .249.85
629-0063 5.13 8-3/4” Mopar Gear 1-7/8” . . . . . . . .268.45
8 3/4” MOPAR GEARS - 489
83-1031
22
Installation Kit, 8 3/4” Mopar - 489 . . . . . .167.67
GM 8.5” 10 BOLT GEARS
8620 STREET GEARS
429-0278
429-0041
629-0165
‘70-’76 Chevelle & Olds F85 - ‘70-’75 Chevy II - ‘70-’81 Camaro/Firebird/GTO
3.42 GM 8.5” 10 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240.52
3.73 GM 8.5” 10 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234.77
4.10 GM 8.5” 10 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229.01
ALL
GM 8.5” 10 BOLT
83-1021
GEARS FIT
3
SERIES CARRIERS
(2.73
629-0167
629-0169
629-0171
1.625” dia. pinion stem 30 spline pinion
4.56 GM 8.5 10 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234.77
4.88 GM 8.5 10 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234.77
5.13 GM 8.5 10 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247.43
AND NUMERICALLY HIGHER) OR
MW SPOOL
INSTALLATION KIT
Installation Kit, GM 8.5” 10 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131.96
GEAR IMPROVEMENTS
MW offers Supra-Fin surface finish improvement for ring and
pinion sets. This fine micro finishing process reduces friction and
eliminates the need for break-in procedures required to assure a
gear life. We exclusively protect the mounting and bearing
SURFACE IMPROVEMENT long
surfaces so this process will not alter the installation fit.
UPRA-F
-FIN
IN
SSUPRA
SUPRA-FIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125.00
SHOT
HOT
PEENING
EENING
This surface improvement decreases the likelihood of cracks forming on the gear.
Nearly all fatigue cracks begin at the surface of the part. By overlapping the dimples of the media,
Shot-Peening creates a compression zone at the surface of the part. This layer acts as a barrier to crack
propagation. The peening process provides a considerable increase in part life.
SUB
UB Z
ZERO
ERO
S
REATMENT
TTREATMENT
In addition to other gear improvement processes offered by Mark Williams, there is now sub zero
process to improve gear wear characteristics. Cold treating a ring and pinion improves the metal crystal
structure, decreasing the amount of retained austenite. This process can increase the gear life.
PEEN-02 Shot Peen Gear Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95.00
SUBZ
Sub Zero Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
TORCO GEAR OIL
Torco GL-6 Racing Gear oil has proven to be ideal for drag racing and oval track
applications. SAE 85W-140 can be used when running a spool, posi-traction or open
differentials. It provides superior adhesive strength and extreme anti-score protection. In
addition, the Torco gear oil available from MW is specially blended to include the friction
modifying additives required for most clutch type posi-traction units. Available by the
quart or 12 quart case. Look for the MW logo on the label.
55-0030 Torco SAE 85-140 Gear Oil (1 qt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.00
55-0040 Torco SAE 85-140 Gear Oil(12 qts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138.00
RING
AND
PINION SET-UP VIDEOS
MW offers two educational installation videos. The MW video explains in step-by-step detail the
set-up of a MW 9” aluminum center section. The Richmond Gear video is designed for basic ring
and pinion gear set-ups. The Richmond video explains gear terminology and basic setup procedures
for popular passenger car rear ends including 9” Ford, 10/12 Bolt Chevrolet, Dana 60 and 8 3/4”
Mopar. Both videos are a must for rear end set-ups
Now All
Available on
DVD!
toll free
629-0000 Richmond Gear DVD Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26.00
MW 9” Ford Assembly DVD Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.00
10098
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 23
DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY TOOLS
One of the handiest shop tools is the M/W Bench Mule. The “Mule” is a very
sturdy and versatile fixture capable of holding differentials, transmissions,
cylinder heads, etc. for assembly. Being able to securely position your work
is essential. With two axis adjustment and heavy duty steel construction the
MW Bench Mule makes tough jobs much easier to handle. The standard arms
will easily hold a thirdmember or transmission and can even hold a full size 12
bolt housing. Optional attachments include short arms for cylinder head assembly
work. The 670 Spool holding attachment bolts to the vise arms to hold either a 35 or 40
spline spool while tightening the ring gear bolts. Another option is to utilize a
regular bench vise and the 57492 Spool holder with both 35 and 40 tooth
splines. Both these tools have the 35 spline side sized that so it will work with
either 45°or 30° pressure angle splines.
650
670
680
57492
Bench Mule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.00
Spool Holding Fixture (35 & 40 spline) . . . . . . . . . . .125.00
Cylinder Head Holding Forks (6-3/8” centers) . . . . . . .74.00
Spool Holder, 35 & 40 spline (for vise) . . . . . . . . . . . .72.50
SETTING
THE
650 Bench Mule
670 Spool
Holding Fixture
PINION DEPTH
57492
Spool Holder for Vise
Pinion depth is easily the most important element of correctly setting up a ring and pinion. The T&D
pinion depth checker, used by many leading shops and racers, is easy to use and allows you to
precisely set pinion depth. This deluxe kit has the components required for checking the
most popular rears including 10 & 12 Bolt GM, Dana 60, 8.8 & 9" Ford and 8 3/4 Mopar
rears. All components are stored in the included plastic carrying case to prevent damage.
This is a very popular item and it works very well on a large variety of rears.
Unfortunately it will not work on Mark Williams aluminum and nodular cases due to the
captive pilot bearing area. Use PCMW for MW cases.
PCD
PCD
T&D Deluxe Pinion Depth Checker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490..00
PINION DEPTH CHECKER 9” CASES
MW 9” cases have increased material behind the pilot bearing. This prevents the use of the PCD pinion depth checker or
similar tools that must have access to the tip of the pinion. There is a alternate method to obtain the shim required. All
you need to know is the distance from the end of the pinion pilot stem to the flange of the support. With that value you
can calculate the shim required. The 1” travel dial indicator and precision calibration standard are included. It can be
used on any 9” case as long as the case is 6.00” (the normal distance) from the mounting flange to the spool centerline.
This is a easier method to determine the correct shim.
PCMW Pinion Depth Checker Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137.50
Works with M/W aluminum or nodular iron cases or other accurate cases. Works in 4.10 to 6.50 ratios
SPECIALTY SET-UP TOOLS
300-2 Safety Wire Twist Pliers, 9” length . . . . . . . . . .89.74
55-0002 Gear Marking Compound (small packet) . . . . .2.75
57485 Adjuster Wrench, 3.812 case . . . . . . . . . . . . .66.80
57488 Coupler/Yoke Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180.00
57490 Adjuster Wrench, 3.062 & 3.250 cases . . . . . .66.80
57493 Bearing Puller (standard pinion) . . . . . . . . . .201.50
57494 Bearing Puller (large pinion) . . . . . . . . . . . . .201.50
57499 Blacklash Indicator Kit (made in USA) . . . . .100.00
90250 Slide Hammer (aluminum cap removal) . . . . .41.75
These tools include a wrench to hold either a female pinion
coupler or 1350 series yoke while tightening/torquing the
pinion nut, Sockets for back lash adjusters, Safety wire
twist pliers, Backlash Dial Indicator kit and Pinion bearing
pullers.
57493/57494
57488
300-2
24
55-0002
90250
57485
57490
57499
DIFFERENTIAL RING GEAR CLEARANCE ARBOR
The easy way to clearance the ring gear to pilot
bearing area on the 9” through 10” Ford ring gear
is with a T-0004305 tool. Used in conjunction a
belt sander it makes the clearance chore a breeze.
This tool is used with the 57486 Gauge to create
the exact clearance required. Bolt the ring gear to
the tool, and let the gear spin while making passes
on your belt sander. This tool id perfect for garage
as well as professional mechanics
T-004305
Clearance Arbor Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$125.00
DIFFERENTIAL RING GEAR CLEARANCE GAUGE
The Ring Gear Toe Clearance Gauge is available to check the 9”, 9-1/2” and 10”
gear sets for clearance required for M-W 9” cases.
Designed to eliminate the trial and error method of forming the gear toe profile to
clear the pilot bearing housing area. Clearancing the gear eliminates the error-prone
practice of grinding the inside of the case, which almost always results in the case
cracking while in-service. This gauge is a standard tool used by our professional
differential assembly technicians.
P/N 57486 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$14.00
AXLE BEARING REMOVAL TOOL
How do you remove axle bearings without damaging the
bearing or axle? This tool is the answer. The split puller is the
exact diameter to clear the 2.125” diameter shoulder behind
the bearing while centering the removal force on the inside
bearing race or spacer shoulder. This is the only way to
remove the bearings without damage. We do recommend
splitting or notching the bearing-retaining ring with a cold
chisel before pressing the bearing off. The tool has two parts.
The base plate is 10” square aluminum that has a 7” wide
shoulder that aligns with your hydraulic press base.The round,
press plate also locks in the base bore to prevent spreading.
T-1955-7
T-1998
T-1998
T-1955-7
BEARING PRESS PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,$225.00
Base Bearing Removal Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$238.00
GIBBS Brand Corrosion Inhibitor
TM
Mark Williams Enterprises has long been searching for a product that provides better corrosion
resistance than commonly used WD-40 oil. M/W has always been skeptical of products with
miracles through chemistry. However, GIBBS© brand lubricant is the exception, and lives up to
its claims. This product is the best bet for keeping unpainted dragster chassis tubing from
rusting. It keeps driveline parts corrosion free without plating or painting.
Please take note: GIBBS™ Brand USA products have no affiliation with Joe Gibbs Racing or Joe Gibbs Racing oils.
55-0070 Gibbs Corrosion Inhibitor (single) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$16.00
(4 cans) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$60.00
(case 12 cans) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$130.00
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 25
MWE 9-1/2” LOW FRICTION FORD THIRDMEMBERS
Special ratio Pro Gears are available in specially prepared thirdmember assemblies.
These assemblies feature MW designed 9-½" ratios produced by Velvet Drive
(formerly Richmond Gear) .
The ratios available in the 9310 alloy 32 spline pinion are: 5.11, 5.14, 5.17,
5.20, 5.25, 5.29, 5.33, 5.38, 5.43 and 5.50. This assembly can also be built
with standard 9"and 9-1/2” Small 28 spline Pinion Pro-Gear ratios utilizing
the same components.
The assemblies feature the Supra-Fin™ processing that reduces friction and
eliminates material transfer normally found in the break-in process. We also
use a Sub-Zero thermo-treatment to eliminate the possibility of retained
austenite. Most assemblies feature 9-½" diameter gear with a 32 spline input
(the same size as transmissions) eliminating an obvious weak link in the drive
system.
We use a ceramic dual opposed angular contact bearing pinion support that is lighter,
while reducing friction and adding rigidity to the pinion. A low drag pinion seal, used
in conjunction with our aluminum pinion yoke reduces the pre-load drag to about 5 inch
pounds.
The proven MW Thru-Bolt case features the Sure-lock™ adjuster system that makes other retention methods obsolete and
prevents adjuster back out. All units include a computer pickup ring with one, two or four magnets. Our expert assembly
technician meticulously assembles each unit documenting all critical settings.
57022-XXX Low Friction 9-1/2” Thirdmember . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4275.00
5.11 thru 5.50 Ratio, Sub-Zero, Supra-Fin treated 9-1/2” gears, specify ratio required. 32
spline input.
57022
Low Friction 9” & 9-1/2” Thirdmember . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .POA
Units built with same component technology but ring and pinion gears will be 9” or 9-1/2” 28
spline input. 3.50 to 6.50 ratio 9310 gear. Prices vary with different ratios. Please call for pricing on specific ratios.
· POCKET LIGHTENED RING GEAR
· SUPRA-FIN™ FINISHED GEARS
· CERAMIC PINION SUPPORT BEARINGS
· ALUMINUM PINION YOKE
· LOW-FRICTION SEAL
· ALUMINUM 40 SPLINE SPOOL
· SURE-LOCK ADJUSTER SYSTEM
· 32 SPLINE PINION INPUT 9 ½” GEAR
· SUB-ZERO TREATED RING AND PINION
· LOW DRAG ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
10” SEVERE SERVICE FORD THIRDMEMBER
Oversize 4.000” Angular
Contact Spool Bearings
Extra clearance for
10” gear
The 10” ring and pinion gear sets have shown to dramatically
increase gear life compared to 9” gears. Modifications have been
made to the M/W Aluminum thru bolt, (V revision and later) case
to accommodate the larger gears. Additionally the main bearing
bores have been increased to a 4.000” diameter bore that is paired
with special M-W angular contact ball bearings. Tests have shown
that the angular contact bearings are better at deflection control
than tapered roller bearings. Thirdmember assemblies are
available with 3.70 to 6.20 gear ratios. More new ratios are
currently in development. One option available is full ceramic ball
bearings. These thirdmembers are a drop in fit for M/W Modular
housings. Other housing may require clearance for the larger
outside diameter gear.
57026
Thirdmember, 10" Pro Gear . . . . . . . . . .*3644.00
10” ring and pinion, ball-taper support, steel caps, steel spool, 1480
or 1350 u-joint, 3.812” bore.Timken® bore tapered spool bearings
57027
Aluminum or steel cap
versions
Special ARP produced
bolts with safety wire
Thirdmember, 10" Pro Gear
. . . . . . . . . .*3892.00
10” ring and pinion, ball-ball support, aluminum caps, steel or aluminum spool, 1480 or 1350 u-joint, angular contact 4” bore spool
bearings
*Prices can vary due to different pricing of ring and
pinion gears sets from various manufacturers
26
9” FORD THIRDMEMBERS
!
E
E
FR
il &
ear O
CO g orter
R
O
T
sp
Tran
For over the past three decades, Mark Williams Enterprises has continually improved
the effectiveness and reliability of our 9” Ford assemblies. We have introduced new
and improved components, developed specialized tooling, and created detailed
processes to ensure that our 9” Ford Thirdmembers are the best money can
buy. We offer three different styles of thirdmember cases and several
different types of pinion supports to cover almost any application.
Assemblies can be built with nodular iron, lightweight aluminum, or rugged
thru-bolt style aluminum with several bore sized to match the spool/carrier
required. Pinion Supports are available with tapered bearings or angular
contact ball bearings. The experts at Mark Williams can also assemble
any of our Thirdmembers to meet your exact needs. We insure the
accuracy of all critical operations by utilizing numerous specialized
tools and applying over forty years of experience with 9” Ford
carriers. Our attention to detail is reflected in every MW assembly
and is evident even in the special transport containers supplied to ensure
safe shipping and handling.
DOOR CAR THIRDMEMBERS, U-JOINT YOKE
57003
57015
Super Class/E.T. Bracket Assembly . . . . .2356 .00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.250 bore), lightweight steel spool, MW 28
spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball-tapered bearing support, 4:86 to
6:50 US Gear 9” std. pinion Pro Gear. (58#)
57004
Street Rod Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2089.90
Aluminum light weight case (3.062 bore), Posi Unit, MW 1330 or 1350
pinion yoke, tapered pinion support, 3:00 to 6:50 US Gear 9” 8620
gear. (70#)
57005
Street/Oval Track Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . .2495.00
Nodular iron case (3.062 bore), 28 or 31-spline Detroit Locker, MW
1330 or 1350 pinion yoke, tapered support, 3:00 to 6:50 US Gear 9”
8620 gear. (75#)
57007
E.T. Bracket/Oval Track Assembly . . . . . . .2065.00
Nodular iron case (3.250 bore), standard spool (28, 31, 35 or 40
spline), 1350 MW pinion yoke, tapered support, 3:00 to 6:50 US Gear
9” 8620 gear. (72#)
57008
Super Class/E.T. Bracket Assembly . . . . . .2105.00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.250 bore), 35 Spline lightweight steel
spool, MW 35 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball-tapered bearing
support, 3:40 to 4:86 US Gear large pinion 9” Pro Gear. (58#)
57009
Pro Stock Assembly, Large Pinion . . . . . . .2275.00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 Bore), 40 spline aluminum spool, MW
35 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball-tapered bearing support, 3:40
to 4:86 US Gear large pinion 9” Pro Gear.
57011
Pro Modified Assembly 9” . . . . . . . . . . . . .2250.00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 bore), 40 spline lightweight steel
spool, MW 35 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball-tapered bearing
support, 3:40 to 4:86 UD Gear large pinion 9” Pro Gear. (62#)
57014
9-1/2” Pro Stock Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .2330.00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 Bore), 40 spline aluminum spool, MW
1350 series pinion yoke, ball-tapered bearing support, 3.25 to 5.20
ratio US Gear 9-1/2” Pro Gear.
Pro Street Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2512.00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.250 bore), 35 spline locker (nodular), MW
28 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, tapered bearing support, 3.00 to
6.50 ratio US Gear 9” 8620 gear. (75#)
57019
Pro Stock Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2478.00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 Bore), 40 spline aluminum spool, MW
28 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball-taper bearing support, 4:86 to
6.50 US Gear 9” std. pinion Pro Gear.
57021
9-1/2 Pro Modified Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .2417.00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 bore), 40 spline lightweight steel
spool, MW 35 spline 1350 series pinion yoke, ball-tapered bearing
support, 1/2” ring gear bolts, 3.25 to 4:86 US Gear large pinion 9-1/2”
Pro Gear. (68#)
DRAGSTER/ALTERED THIRDMEMBERS, COUPLER
57001
Pro Dragster Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2036.00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.250 bore), lightweight steel spool, 28
spline female pinion coupler, ball-tapered bearing support, 4.86 to
6.50 9” US Gear std. pinion Pro Gear. (58#)
57002
Pro Dragster Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2150.00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.250 bore), lightweight steel spool, 35
spline female pinion coupler, ball-tapered bearing support, 3:40 to
4:86 9” Richmond large pinion Pro Gear. (61#)
57010
Top Dragster Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2200.00
Aluminum thru bolt case (3.812 bore), 40 spline lightweight steel
spool, 35 spline female pinion coupler, ball-tapered bearing support,
3:40 to 4:86 US Gear large pinion 9” Pro Gear. (58#)
57012
Superlite Econo/Comp Assembly . . . . . . . .1775.00
Lightweight aluminum case (3.250 bore), 35 spline aluminum spool,
ball-tapered bearing support, female pinion coupler, lightened 9” 8620
standard Gear. (49#)
57013
9-1/2” Alcohol Dragster-F/C Assy . . . . . . .2382.00
Aluminum thru bolt steel cap case (3.812 bore), 40 spline lightweight
steel spool, 35 spline female pinion coupler, ball-tapered pinion support, 1/2” ring gear bolts, US Gear large pinion 9-1/2” Pro Gear. (62#)
9” FORD THIRDMEMBERS OPTIONS
MW Aluminum Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .add 130.00
57463 Case Modification for Internal Pump . . . . . .170.00
Allows usage of 57466 Internal Pump Kit
57466
CB
Internal Lubrication Pump Kit Option . . . . .495.00
Ceramic Bearing Upgrades . . . .Price On Request.
toll free
800-525-1963
SUBZ
Gear Cold Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Supra-Fin™ Ring and Pinion Surface Improvement 125.00
57999 Transport Carrier, 9” Ford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58.75
No charge when purchasing Thirdmember
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 27
9” FORD CASES
ALUMINUM THRU-BOLT - This highly refined, heavy-duty unit has become the "standard" in champion caliber
Drag Race cars. It weighs 11 lbs. less than our nodular iron carrier. The unique thru bolt design and the use of an
ultra strong A206 alloy with engineered cross sections give it superior strength. The MW Thru-Bolt™ cases with
cap aligning bushings create better compressive strength and maintaining the main cap alignment. The pinion pilotbearing bore utilizes an extra long bearing that is completely captive, retained by screw fasteners. 7075 aluminum
or Steel caps are utilized with billet steel adjusters and 7/16" pinion support stud kit are included. Bores sizes
available are 3.062", 3.250" , 3.812" and new 4.00” bore. The 3.812” and 4.00” bore cases features "Grip-Lock"™
adjusters lock system. All the M/W thru bolt cases are clearanced for 9-1/2" (9-1/4" actual diameter) thru 10” (97/16" actual diameter) gears. Fluid passage ports for external and internal lubrication systems are pre-drilled.
57430 9” Ford Thru-Bolt Aluminum Case . . . . . . . .678.00
3.062” bore w/aluminum caps and adjusters. 16.5 lbs.
57440
9” Ford Thru-Bolt Aluminum Case . . . . . . . .709.00
3.250” bore w/aluminum caps and adjusters. 16.4 lbs.
57448
57448-95S 9” Ford Big Bore 9-1/2” -10” Gear Case . .856.00
Same as 57448 but with steel billet caps. 19.6 lbs.
9” Ford 3.812” 9-1/2” -10” Gear Case . . . . .753.00
3.812” bore thru bolt case w/aluminum caps and adjusters. (3.812
bore size for spools and carriers with 2-1/4” ID bearings) 16.2 lbs.
57458 9 1/2”-10” Ford 4” Bore, Aluminum Caps . . . .813.00
For 4.00 bore angular contact ball main bearings, 15.9 lbs.
57458-10S 9 1/2”-10” Ford 4” Bore, Steel Caps . . . .923.00
For 4.00 bore angular contact ball main bearings, 19.4 lbs.
LIGHT WEIGHT ALUMINUM - The MW Light Weight case is based on the MW nodular case design and
is cast from the same material used in the MW thru-bolt cases, but does not have the additional reinforcing and
heavier walls of a thru-bolt case. The case should only be used in lighter drag racing and street applications. The
MW Light Weight case is 5 lbs. lighter than a thru-bolt case and over 15 lbs. lighter than an
OEM nodular case. It can also be used in street or oval track applications.
57415 9” Ford Light Weight Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .514.00
3.062” bore with aluminum caps and adjusters. 11.5 lbs.
57425
9” Ford Light Weight Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .514.00
3.250” bore with aluminum caps and adjusters. 11.5 lbs.
NODULAR IRON - The MW nodular iron case features a improved case design that provides
necessary reinforcement in all critical areas, yet is comparable in weight to a stock unit while
lighter than competitors. Each MW nodular iron case comes with billet steel caps with ARP studs
and nuts. Billet steel adjusters with studs for the pinion assembly. 3.062” or 3.250” bore sizes
available.
57460
9” Ford MW Nodular Case . . . . .514.00
3.062” bore with steel caps and adjusters. 29 lbs.
57470
9” Ford MW Nodular Case . . . . .514.00
3.250” bore with steel caps and adjusters. 29 lbs.
57465
9” Ford MW NASCAR Case . . . .605.00
3.062" bore with pump mounts and fluid ports. Load
bolt provision, 3/8-16 threads for pinion support, lightened main caps. 27.7 lbs.
57465 NASCAR Case
INTERNAL LUBRICATION
Internal lubrication pumps pressure feed oil to 57466 Internal Oil Pump Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495.00
areas that become starved from acceleration Pump mounts to pinion pilot bearing area, includes hard line and case
forces. The pump in internally mounted to the fitting. (external lines extra)
thirdmember case (special machining required).
Circle track applications use the pump for flow to 57463 Case Modifications for Pump . . . . . . . . . . . .170.00
an oil cooler with the return flow providing Machining required to mount internal pump. 57465 and 57448-95P
are pre machined for pump. (not required for 57465 case)
cooling and lubrication.
THROUGH-BOLT FEATURES
POSITIVE PILOT
BEARING
RETENTION
THRU-BOLT
CONSTRUCTION
7/16 THREADS
IN CASE
28
GRIP-LOCK™
STEEL ADJUSTERS
7075 T651
ALUMINUM CAPS
THREADED FOR
OPTIONAL LOAD
BOLT
GRADE 9 BOLTS
WITH ALIGNMENT
BUSHINGS AND
REDUCED HEX NUTS
PILOT BEARING
REMOVAL HOLES
OPTIONAL
INTERNAL PUMP
9” FORD ALUMINUM PINION SUPPORT
M-W offers several models of the Pinion Supports assemblies for 9”, 9-1/2” and
10” differentials. The MW upgraded pinion support uses Timken® tapered
bearings that have much higher load capacity than the OEM units. Part
numbers 57620 and 57630 feature dual tapered bearings and improved
strength. The next improvement increased RPM limits to match
requirements of higher revving motors by upgrading to a rear angular
contact ball bearing. This eliminated issues with the large rear tapered
bearing lowering maximum RPM’s. An added bonus is the frictional drag
verses load applied is improved with rear angular contact bearings. The
newest assemblies feature a dual angular contact ball bearings. These units
have a special front bearing and retainer that allow the race to be removed
for setting the preload. A common upgrade for angular contact bearing is to
change to ceramic balls that are stiffer, lighter, and have an increased RPM
57620
57680
rating. All supports require input yoke match wider bearing assembly. Stock yokes
can be shortened to fit.
57680 Pinion Bearing Housing Assy, Ball/Taper . . .365.00
28 Spline Input 9”-9-1/2” Gear
9” & 9-1/2” Ford 35 spline large pinion Pro gears, with angular contact
47675 Pinion Bearing Housing, Ball/Ball . . . . . . . .460.00
NEW! 9” & 9-1/2” Ford 28 spline pinion gears, with dual angular contact bearings. .
57620
Pinion Bearing Housing Assy Taper/Taper . .345.00
9” Ford standard 28 spline pinion gears, with tapered bearings.
57670
Pinion Bearing Housing Assy, Ball/Taper . . .355.00
9” Ford standard 28 spline pinion gears, with angular contact rear
bearing. Timken tapered front.
57675
32 Spline Input -9-1/2” Gear
Pinion Bearing Housing Assy, Ball/Taper . . .360.00
NEW! MWE 32 spline pinion gears, with angular contact rear bearing,
Timken tapered front.
47680
35 Spline Input 9”-9-1/2” Gear
Pinion Bearing Housing, Ball/Ball . . . . . . . .460.00
rear bearing Timken front
47679
35 Spline Input 10” Gear
Pinion Bearing Housing Assy, Ball/Ball . . . .760.00
NEW! 10” Ford 35 spline pinion Pro gears, with dual angular contact
bearings
57679
Pinion Bearing Housing Assy, Ball/Taper . . .565.00
NEW! 10” ” Ford 35 spline large pinion Pro gears, with angular contact
rear bearing, Timken front.
Ball/Ball
Hi-Capacity Angular
Identification
Contact Ball Bearing
mark
Solid hardened
Pre-Load spacer
factory set
Seal without dust
shield reduces
drag
NEW! 9” & 9-1/2” Ford 35 spline large pinion Pro gears, with dual
angular contact bearing.
57630
Pinion Bearing Housing Assy, Taper/Taper .330.00
9” Ford 35 spline large pinion Pro gears, with tapered bearings.
Aircraft Quality
Aluminum with MW Gold Coating
47XXX Series Supports
Removable front race
for easy preload setting
9” FORD CERAMIC BEARING PINION SUPPORTS
CB-47675 Ceramic Ball/Ball Pinion Support . . . . . . .905.00
CB-57675 Ceramic Ball /Tapered Bearing . . . . . . . . .715.00
NEW! 9” & 9-1/2” Ford 28 spline pinion Pro gears, with dual ceramic
angular contact bearings. Requires MW yoke or coupler.
NEW! For MWE 32 spline pinion gears, with ceramic angular contact
rear bearing, Timken tapered front.
CB-47679 Ceramic Ball/Ball Pinion Support . . . . . .1205.00
CB-57679 Ceramic Ball /Tapered Bearing . . . . . . . . .920.00
NEW! 10” Ford 35 spline pinion Pro gears, with dual ceramic angular
contact bearings.
CB-47680 Ceramic Ball/Ball Pinion Support . . . . . . .905.00
NEW! 9” & 9-1/2” Ford 35 spline large pinion Pro gears, with dual
ceramic angular contact bearing.
NEW! For 10” Ford 35 spline large pinion Pro gears, with ceramic
angular contact rear bearing, Timken tapered front.
CB-57680 Ceramic Ball /Tapered Bearing . . . . . . . . .720.00
For 9” & 9-1/2” Ford 35 spline large pinion Pro gears, with angular contact rear bearing. Timken tapered front.
CB-57670 Ceramic Ball /Tapered Bearing . . . . . . . . .710.00
For 9” Ford standard 28 spline pinion gears, with ceramic angular contact rear bearing. Timken tapered front.
9” FORD NODULAR PINION SUPPORT
57690
Nodular Iron Ball Bearing Pinion Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346.00
Ball angular contact rear bearing Timken tapered front, Pre-Set.
CB-57690 Nodular Iron Ceramic Ball Bearing Pinion Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . .755.00
Ceramic balls angular contact rear bearing Timken tapered front, Pre-Set
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 29
9” FORD SPOOLS
Profile milling
& lightening
holes
Precision ground
diameters true within
.001” T.I.R.
Generous radiuses for
maximum rigidity
53125
53145
Made from throughhardened 4140 Steel
There is more to a spool than meets the eye. It not just a pretty part, but
one of the key components that influence ring and pinion life. Our
product has a reliable ratio of strength to weight. M/W steel and
aluminum spools are in house produced from our exclusive forging tools
that create superior grain flow for maximum strength. M/W steel spools
are produced from 4140 alloys and thru hardened, resulting in steel
strength that is the same at the core as at the surface.
Our aluminum spools are produced from 7075 aluminum and feature the
M/W Gold Coating. The bearing diameters and ring gear register are
precisely controlled utilizing CNC grinders. Custom tooling grinds all
three critical diameters on the same centers. The ring gear diameter is
precisely controlled, assuring the proper press fit to the ring gear.
Controlling these factors while manufacturing a spool is extremely
important for improving maximum gear life.
Light Weight Spools
9” Ford Light Weight Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318.00
MW 35-spline, L/W milled for stock case, 2.983” or 3.062” bore, weight
8.75 lbs.
53148
9” Ford Light Weight Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318.00
M-W 35-spline, L/W milled 3.250” case, weight 9 lbs.
53125
9” Ford Light Weight Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318.00
Light weight profile milled steel spool (40 spline), 3.812 bearings with
1/2” ring gear bolts, 3.812” case, 10 lbs
53127
Light Weight Spools
9” Ford Light Weight Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . .318.00
Light weight profile milled steel spool (40 spline), 3.812 bearings,
7/16” ring gear bolts, 3.812” case, 10 lbs.
53137
9” Ford Light Weight Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318.00
MW 40-spline, L/W milled, 3.250” bore case, large bore wheel brgs
and proper housing ends are required, weight 8.5 lbs
53138
9” Ford Light Weight Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318.00
Summers type 35-spl., L/W milled, weight 9 lbs. (Dana type spline)
53147
9” Ford Light Weight Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318.00
Strange type 35-spline, (Dana spline) weight 9 lbs.
STANDARD STEEL SPOOLS
Tapered back
profile For
increased
stiffness
Large radius limits
ring gear
deflection
ALUMINUM SPOOLS
7075
aluminum forging
Hardened
washer for ring
gear bolt seat
Stiffening
back ribs
53136
Tapered barrel section
Increases rigidity
53139
Standard Spools
9” Ford Standard Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
Stock type 28-spline, weight 10 lbs.
53144
9” Ford Standard Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
Stock type 31-spline, weight 11 lbs.
53140
9” Ford Standard Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
MW 35-spline for stock case, 2.893” or 3.062” bore, 11lbs.
53146
9” Ford Standard Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
MW 35-spline 3.25” case, weight 12 lbs.
53136
9” Ford Standard Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
MW 40-spline, requires 3.250” bore case and large bore wheel bearing with proper housing ends. weight 11 lbs.
30
M/W gold
coating
53123
53133
Aluminum Spools
9” Ford Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225.00
Stock 31 spline, weight 4.9 lbs
53135
9” Ford Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366.00
Aluminum spool (35 spline), requires 3.250” bore case weight 4.9 lbs.
53133
9” Ford Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366.00
Aluminum spool (40 spline), 3.812” bearings. Requires 3.812 bore
case, 57448 weight 5.5 lbs.
53149
9” Ford Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366.00
For Strange 35-spline axles.
9” FORD LOCKERS & POSI-TRACTION
57311
187S-35C
187S-17A
DPI-35
The 9" Ford has several ways to go when an increased traction differential is required. Mark Williams stocks several different types, the
Detroit Locker, the Truetrac®, the DPI Gold Track and the Ford Clutch Posi.
DETROIT LOCKER® is offered for popular 9" Ford applications (28 , 31, and 35-spline). These units are designed to provide power to
both wheels even in those situations where one tire loses traction. Detroit lockers will also compensate for differences in wheel speed
when turning corners by letting the wheel with the larger turning radius overrun and unlock from the other wheel. The 35 spline unit is
popular for Pro-Street application, requiring a large axle spline and can be used for drag racing.
CLUTCH POSI-TRACTION are the most common and are used in the original rears. Smooth quite action relies on spring pressure and
friction in the clutch plates to increase driving traction. Quietest for street rod applications.
TRUETRAC® OR GOLD TRACK® differentials do not use friction plates, but rather the wedging action of separating spiral pinion gears.
This type of differential is unique in that it increases traction, but does not affect the steering, and there are no friction plates to wear. It
allows normal differentiation without adverse effect on steering, or chattering when cornering. Only when there is a loss of traction, will
power transfer occur. The worm drive differential offers moderate strength.
187S-13A 9” Ford 28 spline Detroit Locker® . . . . . .650.00
187S-17B 9” Ford 31 spline Detroit Locker® . . . . . .781.76
187S-35C 9” Ford 35 spline Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . .781.76
Requires 3.812” or 3.250 case. with 2.0 ID bearings
DPI-35 9” Ford Gold Track (35 spline) . . . . . . . . . . .1238.33
Gold Track Unit requires 3.812” or 3.250 case. with 2.0 ID bearings
57311
9” Ford Posi Unit (31 spline) . . . . . . . . . . . .428.40
Clutch type posi-traction (Motorsports type).
9” FORD AXLE & SPOOL PACKAGE
Drive Stud Kit and Washers
9” Spool 35 or 40 Spline
50100 Hi-Torque Axles
Wheel Bearings and Lock Rings
Bearing Retainers
The MW 9" Ford Axle/Spool Package includes a pair of custom built standard Hi-Torque axles (any length/35 or 40 spline combination),
axle bearings, bearing retainer plates, standard steel spool and a complete 5/8 drive stud kit with Snap-Lock™ washers. This kit allows
you to have the top of the line axle and spool kit while saving 10%.
HI-K12 Axles/Spool/Bearing/Retainer/Stud Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015.75
Call for additional savings on a lightweight components package.
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 31
9” FORD COMPONENTS
39025
39011
57602
57449
57603
57908
57905
57570
57916
57609
57920
57608
57900
57909
39008
57902
57550
57407
57903
57904
57502
57907
57914
57906
57913-10
57510
57503
This is a list of the most common replacement parts for 9” type differentials. We have many parts and components
available that are not included in this listing. Give us a call for items not listed. We are never too busy to help you find
the smallest part you require. We take pride in helping you get the right parts when you need them.
39008
MW 9” Ford Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165.00
28-spline, 4340 steel for 1350 series U-joint.
39011
MW 9” Ford Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175.00
35-spline, 4340 steel for 1350 series U-joint.
39025
9” Ford Pinion Yoke 1330 Ford Joint . . . . . .175.00
4340 steel for Ford 1330 series joint 3-5/8 x 1-1/8” for MW support.
5000-181 Retaining Ring For MW Ford Case . . . . . . ...1.25
57608
Bolt Kit, 9” Ford Pinion Support . . . . . . . . . . . .6.30
57609
Stud Kit, 9” Ford Pinion Support . . . . . . . . . .44.00
For stock and non M-W cases.
57900
Ring Gear Bolt Set (7/16”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34.00
Drilled for safety wire (use ARW77 washers w/Strange spool)
57901
Gasket, 9” Ford Thirdmember . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.50
57901-TS 9” Ford Thirdmember Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . .8.80
53124
9” Ford Spool Bearings 3.812 O.D. . . . . . . . .87.40
53141
9” Ford Spool Bearings, 2.893 O.D. . . . . . . . .53.15
57902
Pinion Nut, 9” Ford (standard pinion) . . . . . . . .4.50
53142
9” Ford Spool Bearings, 3.062 O.D. . . . . . . . .62.72
57903
Pinion Nut, 9” Ford (35 spline pinion) . . . . . . .4.75
53143
9” Ford Spool Bearings, 3.250 O.D. . . . . . . . .59.30
57904
Seal, 9” Ford Pinion (standard pinion) . . . . . .14.13
57407
Pinion Stud Kit for MW Cases 7/16” . . . . . . .51.00
57905
Seal, 9” Ford Pinion (35 spline pinion) . . . . . .17.75
57408
Pinion Stud Kit for MW Case 3/8” . . . . . . . . .43.00
57906
Adjuster Locks, stock type (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.50
57449
Load Bolt Kit for MW Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29.85
57907
Pinion Pilot Bearing (OE type bearing) . . . . .21.60
57500
Heavy-Duty Adjusters, 3.062 bore . . . . . . . . .54.00
57908
Pilot Bearing Retainer (for stock case) . . . . .20.46
57502
Replacement Cap, 2.893” bore (ea) . . . . . .169.00
57909
Crush Sleeve (stock support) . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.00
57503
Replacement Cap, 3.062” bore (ea) . . . . . .158.00
57912
Seal, 9” Ford Pinion (40 spline pinion) . . . . . .33.80
57510
Shim, Spool/Carrier (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48.15
For 9” Ford Spool/Carrier in a 3-1/4” case.
57550
Heavy-Duty Adjusters, for 3.250 bore (pr) . . .62.00
57560
Heavy-Duty Adjusters, for 3.812 bore (pr) . . .94.50
57570
Adjuster Adapter (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103.64
To use 3.062” bearing in a 3.25” case, (best method).
57602
Pinion Bearing Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.25
For rear bearing of 57600/57620 Pinion Bearing Housing.
57603
Solid Pre-Load Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18.50
For 57600, 57610, 57620 and 57630 (machining required).
57604
Shim, Yoke/Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.00
For use with 39008 or 40300 with stock 9” Ford pinion housing.
32
EZ-Release reusable gasket.
For 57650 or 11"pinion support Viton high temperature compound.
57913-10 Thirdmember Stud Kit (10 ea.) . . . . . . . . . .81.35
Thirdmember to housing attachment bolts, nuts and washers.
57914
Pinion Pilot Bearing, .812” Long . . . . . . . . . .37.43
For MW thru bolt cases.
57916
9” Pinion Depth Shims .005”-.015” . . . . . . . . .15.75
MW alum. shims. 2ea.-.005, .007 & 1 ea.-.010, .012, .015.
57920
Ring Gear Bolt set (1/2”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56.81
Drilled for safety wire (use ARW78 washers w/Strange spool)
57940
Ring Gear Bolt set (1/2”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82.10
NEW! Thin head 3/4” 12 point with safety wire drilled
57929 10” Gear Ford 9” Thirdmember Gasket . . . . . .16.60
NEW! Profile to clear 10” gears EZ-Release reusable gasket.
9” FORD ASSEMBLIES
The steel housing MW 9" rear end assemblies are
custom produced to suit your individual application.
57000 Pro Quality
MW's years of experience assures you that the
finished product will match your exact requirements.
Each assembly starts with a brand NEW large 9"
Ford center. 3" x 1/4” wall 4130 chromoly tubes are
installed and given extensive internal supports. The
thirdmember mounting flange is reinforced at the
attachment stud locations. MW housing ends are installed after
all structural welding is completed, including any suspension
mounts and or rear brace, to assure true alignment.
Thirdmembers are available from the economical nodular iron
carrier to the full competition thru bolt aluminum case with 9 or 91/2" gears. Axle choices available range from the standard MW Hi-Torque axles to the trick
Super-Light gun drilled models. Options include Carbon/Carbon disc brakes and other weight saving
components. The assemblies below are a few popular combinations, call for a quote on a package that is
best suited to your application.
57000
9” Ford Complete Pro Quality Rear . . . . . .6540.00
Aluminum thirdmember with thru bolt case, L.W. steel spool, Pro
Gears, ball bearing pinion support and MW yoke, Super-Light gun
drilled 40 spline axles with bearings and drive stud kit. Housing with
4130 tubes and brace. MW Disc brake kit with drilled steel rotors are
also included.
57050
9” Ford Complete M/L Economy Rear . . . .3674.00
MasterLine Nodular iron thirdmember, standard spool, 8620 gears,
MW tapered bearing pinion support and MW Ford pinion yoke, standard MasterLine axles with bearings and 1/2” wheel studs (less
brakes). Add $750.00 for optional housing brace.
57060
9” Ford Complete Locker Rear . . . . . . . . . .4523.00
Nodular iron thirdmember, 31 or 35 spline locker, 8620 gears, MW
tapered bearing pinion support and MW Ford pinion yoke, standard
Hi-Torque axles with bearings and 1/2” wheel studs (less brakes).
31 or 35-spline locker same price .
57090
9” Ford Pro-Street Rear (less center) . . . .3845.75
New 9” Ford housing with rear brace installed. Includes MW Pro
Street Axles, wheel bearings, 5/8” drive stud kit and MW vented disc
brakes. Specify wheel to wheel width, bolt pattern and number of
splines ( same dimensions as required on axles). Complete rear less
thirdmember assembly.
9” FORD STEEL HOUSINGS
57220
57120
Mark Williams offers several steel 9" Ford housings. Housings with 3
diameter tubes are built with brand new coil spring centers, 4130 tubes with internal
bracing and MW housing ends. MW also offers bolt-in housings for some popular
applications that are built from stock tube housings with all required suspension
mounts. All housings have a lube fill cap, drain, housing vent and
thirdmember studs installed. We can install custom brackets to
any of these housings for an additional charge. If you are going
to install your mount brackets in the car, we can build the
housing with the ends tacked on, so it can be returned for final
housing end installation. This will eliminate the welding
distortion caused by the bracket installation process.
9” Ford housing with mounts . . . . . . . . . . .1434.00
Fits ’82-’92 Camaro/Firebird. Includes torque arm mount (no brace).
57130
9” Ford housing with mounts . . . . . . . . . . .1325.00
9” Ford housing with mounts . . . . . . . . . . .1317.00
Fits ’79-’93 Ford Mustang with Quad shock mounts.
57150
9” Ford Floater Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2470.00
9” center with 4130 tubes, rear brace, filler cap and bung, vent and
floater spindles installed. Large tubed housing.
57160
9” Ford Housing with Mounts . . . . . . . . . .1486.00
Fits ‘64-’72 Mid size GM passenger car
toll free
800-525-1963
9” Ford Large Tube Housing . . . . . . . . . . . .1229.43
9” center with 3” 4130 tubes, filler cap and bung, vent and choice of
any MW housing ends. No brace.
57220
Fits ’78-’79 Mid size GM passenger car .
57140
57200
9” Ford Large Tube Housing . . . . . . . . . . . .1986.60
9” center with 3” 4130 tubes, rear brace, filler cap and bung, vent and
choice of any MW housing ends.
Check out the Modular 9" housing in this catalog. Many
quality minded builders are opting for the advanced modular rears available with a variety of housing ends and
mounting brackets. Sometimes the Modular is a better
cost value than the steel housings.
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 33
8.8 COMPONENTS SPOOL
AND
POSI-TRACTION
For drag race applications Mark Williams offers a pair of steel spools, standard steel
and lightweight steel, both with MW 35 splines. These spools can be used with
either MW Hi-Torque axles or M/W’s MasterLine axles both require the use of a
MW “C” clip eliminator kit or updating to weld on housing ends. For street
applications the Eaton™ 31 spline posi-traction is the good choice. With
carbon fiber clutches and 400 lbs. preload this unit delivers the most torque
to the rear wheels yet still gives excellent drivability.
53132
8.8” Ford 35 Spline Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
Must use 57900 ring gear bolt kit, 14#
53134
8.8” Lightweight Ford Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318.00
53134
Must use 57900 ring gear bolt kit, 11#
19588
19588
8.8” Eaton™ Posi-Traction (31 Spline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501.15
31 spline with 400 lbs preload clutch, for 3.08 and up ratios
8.8 HOUSING ENDS - C-CLIP ELIMINATOR KITS
When preparing the 8.8 Ford rear for serious power the first modification is to
eliminate the possibility of wheel loss with axle failure. The first method is to utilize
a C-Clip Eliminator kit. The kit is designed to bolt on to the standard housing end
with some modification. The second method is to install our replacement housing
ends. Changing housing ends is the best method, especially if you need to narrow
track witdh.
58510
58510
8.8 Ford Housing Ends (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212.44
For 3.150 O.D. bearing with bolt kit for backing plate.
59250
8.8 Ford C-Clip Eliminator Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251.00
For MW axles with 1.564” I.D. ball bearings.
59260
8.8 Ford Street/Strip C-Clip Eliminator. Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278.46
For MW axles with 1.564” I.D. Timken® tapered roller bearings. Best kit for street applications.
59260
8.8 BILLET CAP
AND
YOKE
One of the most common causes of rear end failure can be traced to the stock
rear end caps. To cure this problem, MW offers a billet steel replacement
cap that has an increased cross section and heat treated hardware. Requires
simple milling or surfacing in rod cap grinder to install.
Our 1350 series Pinion Yoke eliminates the circular companion flange and
allows the use of a 1350 series U-Joint and high strength driveshafts as used
in all other drag race cars. Driveshafts are available in steel or aluminum
with transmission yokes for all popular models.
The 39023 Pinion yoke can be used with a 3-3/16” magnetic pickup ring.
59300
39112
39023
8.8” Ford Steel Main Cap (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65.00
Requires milling of cap parting line to install
39023
MW 8.8” Ford Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
For 1350 series joint for 39112 U-bolts
39112
2nd Gen 1350 U-Bolt cap kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84.50
For M/W 1350 Series Pinion Yokes
59300
TA1806 TA Cast Aluminum Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220.97
57140 9” Ford Mustang Bolt In Housing . . . . . . . . . .1317.00
An option to consider is the 9" housing that has bolt in mounting brackets installed. see page 33 for more information
TA1806
34
DANA 60 ASSEMBLIES
The Dana 60 series rear end has for many years been one of
drag racing's most popular differentials, mainly due to the
heavy-duty nature of the unit itself. The Dana features a
large 9-3/4" diameter ring gear and the availability of aftermarket 8620 or 9310 alloy gears with ratios of 3.54 to 7.17!
The Dana is the only passenger O.E.M. rear that was
available with 35 spline axles in the original factory
configuration. The main drawback to the Dana is the weight.
By comparison, a complete Dana 60 is approximately
35# heavier than a 9" with a braced steel housing. A
newly designed center casting has threaded adjusters
for the carrier/spool bearing and pad for the Mopar
type pinion snubber. The one piece center casting
creates stiffness not found in thirdmember type rears.
The Dana 60 offers excellent strength and reliability
for the dollar. MW has a complete array of specialized
components to further improve a Dana 60.
56002
Dana 60 Pro-Quality Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . .3680.00
Complete with Standard axles, bearings, lightweight spool (35 or 40
spline), choice of Pro-Gears,Center housing with threaded adjusters,
MW pinion yoke, with 4130 steel tubes, MW housing ends, wheel
bearings and 5/8” thread drive stud kit. (less brakes)
56050
Dana 60 Economy Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3250.00
Complete with axles, bearings, standard spool (35 or 40 spline),
choice of 8620 gears, MW 1350 series pinion yoke, Center housing
with threaded adjusters 4130 tubes with any MW housing end and
1/2” screw in wheel studs. (less brakes)
56060
Dana 60 Rear with Detroit Locker . . . . . . .3585.00
Complete with axles, bearings, Detroit Locker, 35 spline, choice of
8620 gears, stock pinion yoke, Center housing with threaded
adjusters4130 tubes with any MW housing end and 1/2” screw in
wheel studs. (less brakes)
56100
Dana 60 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1400.00
Dana 60 Housing with 3” x .25” 4130 steel tubes. Includes housing
ends. New center casting width is built to customer specs. Includes a
Center housing with threaded adjusters
M/W offer three different spools for the Dana 60 rear axle. Steel spools are produced in
the 35-tooth M/W version that has the 45° pressure angle spline, and the current 40tooth 45° pressure angle spline. The Aluminum spool features a 40 tooth spline and
hardened washers for the bolt seat. The washers prevent deformation of the the
aluminum from torquing the ring gear bolts. Another feature of the aluminum spool is a
steel seat-shim retainer. This innovation keeps the preload shims centered and allows an
increased radius for the bearing seat. It also allows the bearing remover to pull against
the shim-retainer, preventing the destruction of the shims during setup.
53174
DANA 60 SPOOLS
Shim
centering and
retaining
feature
Dana 60 Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521.00
53174
MW 40-spline, Aluminum, weight must have 45mm bore axle bearings
weight 8 lbs.
53175
Dana 60 Steel Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.00
MW 35-Spline, L/W profile milled, (proper housing wheel bearings that
controls axle movement is required) weight 17 lbs.
53177
Dana 60 Steel Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.00
MW 40-Spline,L/W profile milled steel 15 lbs.
53175/53177
Profile
DANA 60 LOCKER
The Dana 60 Detroit Locker™ features 35 spline axle gears and will accept 4.10 to 7.17 ratio, (4
series) gears. In a straight line motion the unit is locked similar to a spool. When cornering, the unit
disengages one side of the gears to allowing differentiation. This product is best for applications not
concerned with slight clicking noise when cornering. There is also an inherent backlash that is
common to all Detroit Locker™ units.
225S-23A Detroit Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .840.24
Dana 60 rear 35-Spline (for 4.10 to 7.17 gear)
TA1812 TA Dana 60 rear cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220.97
The TA rear cover strengthens the housing and provides support to the main caps.
Covers are available as an upgrade to complete rears, or separately. Steel replacement
caps are recommended as the first upgrade on O.E.M. Dana type rears.
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
225S-23A
TA1812
www.markwilliams.com 35
DANA 60 COMPONENTS
56955
59300
56200
56910
Dana 60 Shim Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69.30
Pinion depth and pre-load shims, spool shims, gasket, pinion nut and
washer.
56950
56930
Clutch Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95.50
For Dana 60 Powr-Loc ™ with 35 splines.
56940
Axle Gear,(ea.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149.06
For Dana 60 Powr-Loc ™ with 35 splines.
39014
39007
30275
39014
56956
56904 56902 30275
56950
Ring Gear Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82.45
Dana 60 for using 4.56 to 7.17 gear on 3.54 to 4.10 carrier.
56900
56955
56956
Dana 60 Chrome Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46.75
Dana 60 Cover Bolt KIt (10 pcs) . . . . . . . . . .15.60
56960
Powr-Lock™ Kit Dana 60 or 70 . . . . . . . . . .645.42
Dana 60 Pinion Nut Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.25
MW Dana 60 Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178.50
29-spline, 4340 steel for 1350 series U-joint
53171
53172
56200
56900
56901
56902
56904
Spool Bearings, Dana 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109.00
Pinion Bearing Set, Dana 60 . . . . . . . . . . . .124.00
Dana 60 Main Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89.00
Dana 60 Ring Gear Bolt Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Dana 60 Cover Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.45
Dana 60 Pinion Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.80
Dana 60 Pinion Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24.35
Clutches, axle and spider gears, spider gear pin for 35 spline Powr
Lock™ posi traction. Converts 23 spline carriers to 35.
83-1034 Gear Installation Kit, Dana 60 . . . . . . . . . . .251.39
Shims (carrier, pinion depth, and preload), pinion nut, carrier bearings,
pinion bearings, ring gear bolts, pinion nut and washer, gear marking
compound and gasket.
DANA CENTER COVER & CAP
Replace one of the most common component failures on a Dana 60 with a MW billet steel
replacement cap. The Dana 60 typically only requires one on the drivers side. Installation requires
milling or rod cap grinding on the parting line of the cap.
The TA rear cover strengthens the housing and provides support to the main caps. Covers are
available as an upgrade to complete rears, or separately. Steel replacement caps are
recommended as the first upgrade on O.E.M. Dana type rears.
56200
The Strange reproduced center housing that is used for the Dana 60 housing
is available for special projects. It features threaded adjusters and bolt
pattern for the pinion snubber like were available on the MoparChrysler Hemi Cars in the seventies.
56200
888
TA1812
56000
Dana 60 Steel Main Cap w/fasteners (ea) . . .89.00
Labor (cap installed by MW Ent.) (ea) . . . . . .75.00
TA Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220.97
Center Housing for Dana 60 . . . . . . . . . . . .475.00
MOPAR HOUSING ENDS
AND
RETAINERS
Replacement Mopar ends are produced that utilizes a larger 3.150 O.D. bearing. The 53189
end allow the advantage of the larger bearing bore, (up to 45mm) wheel bearings that
increase the axle strength. If you are using aftermarket Drag Race disk brakes we
recommend using our 58580 housing ends. It is the most straightforward end that all the
dimensions are standardized. It also has the advantage that the caliper can be mounted in
four different clock angels if needed.
56501
53189
53189
Mopar Housing Ends, (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151.36
For Mopar brakes using 58503, 58504 and 58505 axle bearing.
56501
Mopar Bearing Retainers, (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29.00
For 53189 and 53188 Mopar housing ends.
36
GM 12 BOLT ASSEMBLIES
In sheer numbers alone, the Chevrolet 12
bolt rear end is the most popular in racing.
With the proper components and
modifications, the 12-bolt can be
strengthened to the point where it is
adequate for most moderately powered
full-bodied racecars. Using MW's
exclusive 35-spline axle/spool package
and the addition of the DTS Express
(KTRE) housing will extend life cycle of
the 12 Bolt. These housings feature
improvements over the original GM
housings that include ductile iron castings,
4130 tubes, 3.062" or 3.250" main bore
58060-RL Light Weight for GM “F” Body
caps with ½" bolts and jig fitted
suspension brackets. Three basic units are available; configurations include street/strip with Eaton™ Posi-Traction units, standard drag
race with 35 spline steel spool and lightweight 35-spline aluminum spool. Bolt in models are available for ALL popular GM cars
including the F- body with torque arm mounts.
M/W Disc brake can be added to any model rear end. If using an M/W Disk Brake kit, the rear
will include our 58580 housing ends that take advantage of large 45mm bore bearings with
inboard housing seals for a double seal. With its favorable hypoid distance and overall
weight, the 12 Bolt is a good choice for applications with moderate power
where friction loss and weight are important.
Additional performance improvements are available
including Ring and Pinion Supra-Fin™ surface
improvement finishing ,and Nano-Grey™ tungsten
disulfide surface treatment for all the
bearings.
‘64-’72 “A” Body
‘67-69 Camaro Mono
Spring Mounts
71275 Disk Brake Option
58060-S Complete GM 12 Bolt Street/Strip pkg . . .3717.00
With MasterLine Axles, Eaton posi, 8620 gears (no brakes)
71270
4 Caliper Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1495.00
Drilled rotors for 58580 Symmetrical housing ends, Lightened Rotors
58000-R Complete GM 12 Bolt Drag Race pkg . . .4093.00
With 35 Spline Hi-Torque axles, spool Pro Gears (no brakes)
71250
2 Caliper Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1095.00
Drilled Rotors (or Solid)
58000-RL Complete GM 12 Bolt Light Wt Drag . . .4440.00
With MW Lightweight Aluminum Spool and Superlight Hi-Torque Gun
drilled (11/16’) Axles, Pro Gears, TA Cover (No Brakes).
58020
58025
MW offers DTS Express (KTRE) bare housings. Both utilize 4130 tubes
and can be assembled with your choice of housing ends. The housings
are produced with the stock carrier bore size 3.062" and the oversize
3.250" bore that will accommodate the MW aluminum 35 spline spool.
For the builder who wants to fabricate the suspension mount in the car it
makes sense to get the bare housing. We can tack weld the ends so they
can be removed to install slide over brackets, and reinstall after welding.
12 Bolt Bare 3.062” bore Housing . . . . . . .1436.00
DTS housing, 4130 tubes and any MW housing ends, 3.062” bore.
Suspension mounts can be installed at an extra charge. Price will be
based on the application.
toll free
800-525-1963
GM 12 BOLT HOUSING
58030
12 Bolt Bare 3.250”bore Housing . . . . . . . .1436.00
DTS housing with 4130 tubes and any MW housing ends. 3.250” bore.
Suspension mounts can be installed at an extra charge. Price will be
based on the application.
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 37
GM 12 BOLT SPOOLS
53130
10-Bolt 8.5” Chevrolet Spool . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
53160
MW 35-spline 1970 or later 10 bolt, weight 14 lbs.
53158
53158
53165
12-Bolt Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517.00
MW 35 spline, housing must be bored to 3.250” Includes 58925 shim
kit and 53161A bearing kit. 5.3 lbs.
53160
12-Bolt Chevrolet Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269.00
MW 35-spline, weight 14 lbs.
53164
12-Bolt Chevrolet Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283.00
30-spline, All 12 Bolt spools requires C-clip Elininator kit or weld on
housing ends, weight 14 lbs.
GM 12 BOLT POSI-TRACTION
53165
12-Bolt Chevrolet Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318.0
MW 35-spline, L/W milled, weight 11 lbs.
53265
12-Bolt Chevrolet Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318.00
MW 35-spline, L/W milled, 11.1 lbs.
19554
12 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction (Series 3).. . .469.12
30 spline with 400 lb. clutch preload. For 3.08 to 4.10 ratios.
19555
12 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction . . . . . . . . . . .469.12
30 spline with 400 lb. clutch preload. For 4.10 and up ratios.
Mark Williams stocks Eaton™
posi-traction units for 10 and
12 Bolt GM applications. All
Eaton™ units feature carbon
fiber clutches.
19556
12 Bolt Eaton™ Truck Posi-Traction . . . . . .469.61
30 spline with 400 lb. clutch reload. For 3.73 and up ratios.
19557
8.5 10 Bolt Eaton™ Posi-Traction . . . . . . . .509.91
28 spline with 400 lb. clutch preload. For 2.73 - 5.57 ratios.
GM HOUSING ENDS & RETAINERS
58400
G.M. Housing Ends, (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153.88
Full size 12 Bolt, Chevrolet Impala, Biscayne and 1/2-ton pickup, for
58503, 58504 or 58505 sealed axle bearings.
58450
58600
58230
G.M. Housing Ends, (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164.00
Full size 12 Bolt, for 58506 Timken® tapered roller axle bearings and
seals.
58410
Full Size GM Bearing Retainers (pr) . . . . . . .29.00
For MW 58400 Full Size GM housing ends.
58560
G.M. Housing Ends, (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175.96
Mid-size 10/12 Bolt, for 58506 Timken® tapered roller axle bearings
and seals.
58600
G.M. Housing Ends (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130.00
Mid-size 10/12 Bolt, for 58503, 58504 or 58505 sealed axle bearings.
58230
Standard GM Bearing Retainers (pr) . . . . . . .29.00
For MW 58600 10 and 12-bolt housing ends.
GM C-CLIP ELIMINATOR KITS
These simple and handy kits are the perfect way to eliminate pesky Chevrolet C-clips. The kits also qualify as
an accepted Safety Hub. They are easily installed on stock 10/12 Bolt axle tubes (after housing end is
trimmed with a common hack saw) and accommodate large Ford style oversize bore sealed
axle bearings. The press fit of the bearing and lock ring along with steel retainer plate hold
the axle in place. There is a BIG DIFFERENCE for the M/W C-Clip Eliminator kit
compared to competitors. Out kits is steel not troublesome aluminum. Our design leaves a
round section of the housing, to align the bearing and carry the weight. Others rely on the
bolt that is threaded in to aluminum to align and carry the weigh. All MW C-clip kits include
detailed installation instructions and mounting hardware.
58250
C-Clip Eliminator Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223.25
Small 10/12 Bolt, for MW axles with 1.625” I.D. bearings.
58350
C-Clip Eliminator Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255.00
Full size 12 Bolt and 1/2 ton pick-up, for use with M/W axles 1.625” I.D. bearing.
58250 kit
38
GM 12 BOLT COMPONENTS
58901-TS
58920
58904
58901
39006
53161
39038
39006
39038
58903
53161
53161A
53162
58901
58903
58900
MW 12 Bolt Pinion Yoke (3.875 long) . . . . . .179.50
MW 12 Bolt Pinion Yoke (2.875 long) . . . . . .179.50
Chrome Cover, 12 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26.03
12 Bolt Spool Bearings (3.062 OD) . . . . . . .61.50
12 Bolt Bearings for Alum. Spool (3.250 OD) 84.44
12 Bolt Chevrolet Pinion Bearing Set . . . . . .65.00
12 Bolt Rear Cover Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20
58904
58907
58920
12 Bolt Chevrolet Pinion Seal . . . . . . . . . . . .14.50
12 Bolt Chevrolet Crush Sleeve (truck) . . . . .13.30
12 Bolt Complete Shim Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83.65
Assortment of pinion depth, carrier shims.
58925
12 Bolt Carrier Shim Kit (3.250” bore) . . . . .114.00
Special inner shim with assortment of standard carrier shims.
Must be used with 53158 spool and 53161A bearing kit.
12 BOLT BILLET CAP & COVER
One of the most common causes of rear end failure can be traced to the stock rear end caps. To cure
this problem, MW offers a billet steel replacement cap that has an increased cross section and heat
treated hardware. Simple milling required to install. Or we also offer the TA Cover support.
58100
TA1810
58100 12 Bolt Chevrolet Steel Main Cap (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70.00
888
Labor (cap installed by MW Ent.) (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75.00
TA1810 TA Cast Cover for 12 bolt GM car rears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220.97
M/W 12 BOLT IMPROVEMENTS
The M/W designed pinion put has improved the OEM crimping design that destroys the pinion threads. Made from alloy steel and 100%
machined with hardened washer, our design fixes the problem associated with OEM parts.
58918 Nut, 12 Bolt Pinion with Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38.75.
58905
Until now, 12 bolt rears have been forced to rely on a standard crush sleeve. The MW
solid preload spacer is CNC machined from 4140 steel and heat treated. Spacers are long
and must be trimmed to the required length
58905
12 Bolt Solid Pre Load Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47.00
Requires machining to set the preload.
58918
12 BOLT AXLE & SPOOL PACKAGE
The MW 12 Bolt Axle/Spool Package includes a pair of custom built
standard Hi-Torque axles (any length/spline combination), complete CClip eliminator kit w/bearings, standard steel spool and a complete 5/8
drive stud kit.
HI-K14 12 Bolt Axle/Spool/C-Clip Eliminator Package . .1080.00
Call for additional savings on a lightweight components package.
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 39
8-3/4 MOPAR COMPONENTS
53181
53905
53910
53910
8-3/4” Mopar Pinion Seal, 1-7/8” . . . . . . . . . .22.50
Pinion Shim Kit (742 Case) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59.60
742 Case 8-3/4” Mopar, 1-3/4” pinion. Includes pinion depth and preload shims, pinion seal, and marking compound, pinion nut, washer.
39016
83-5310-S Installation Kit, 8-3/4” Mopar (742 Case) .196.60
742 case with 1-3/4” pinion. Includes pinion depth and preload shims,
pinion nut and washer, pinion seal, spool bearings (2.000” ID) , pinion
bearings, ring gear bolts, gear marking compound, and gasket.
53920
53182
39016
56001
MW 8-3/4” Mopar Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
83-1037 Installation Kit, 8-3/4” Mopar (742 Case) . . .196.36
10-spline, 4340 steel for 1350 series U-joint
53181
742 case with 1-3/4” pinion. Includes pinion depth and preload shims,
pinion nut and washer, pinion seal, stock posi carrier bearings , pinion
bearings, ring gear bolts, gear marking compound, and gasket.
8-3/4” Mopar Spool Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . .71.12
3.265” bore stock case (for MW spool)
53182
Pinion Bearing Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138.62
8-3/4” Mopar, 1-3/4” pinion diameter, 742 case
53900
53901
53902
53904
8-3/4” Mopar
8-3/4” Mopar
8-3/4” Mopar
8-3/4” Mopar
Pinion Shim Kit (489 Case) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.94
489 case 8-3/4” Mopar, 1-7/8” pinion (tapered pinion). Includes pinion
depth shims, crush sleeve, pinion seal, pinion nut / washer, gasket,
and marking compound.
Ring Gear Bolt Kit (L H) . . . . . .35.00
Rear Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20
Pinion Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.75
Pinion Seal, 1-3/4” . . . . . . . . . .43.70
83-1031 Installation Kit, 8-3/4” Mopar . . . . . . . . . . .167.67
489 case with 1-7/8” Pinion. Includes pinion depth shims, crush
sleeve, pinion nut and washer, pinion seal, spool bearings (with 2.00”
bore), pinion bearings, ring gear bolts, marking compound, gasket.
56001
Mopar Non-Adjustable Axle Bearings (pr) . .104.20
2.875” O.D., 1.562” I.D. for stock ends w/retainer
56003
Mopar Non-Adjustable Axle Bearings (pr) . .104.20
2.875” O.D., 1.562” I.D. for stock ends w/retainer, spiral lock
8-3/4 MOPAR SPOOLS
53179
8-3/4” Mopar Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . . . . .594.40
MW 35-spline, weight 5.2 lbs.
53180
53180
8-3/4” Mopar Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.00
MW 35-Spline, 14 Lbs.
53186
8-3/4” Mopar Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.00
Stock type 30-spline, weight 14 lbs.
53187
53179
53187
8-3/4” Mopar Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330.00
MW 35-spline, L/W profile milled, weight 11.2 lbs.
8-3/4 MOPAR BILLET CAP
As with most rears, the stock caps are a weak link of the 8 3/4 Mopar. MW now
offers a billet steel cap that is pre-bored and threaded. Caps are easily installed
with a simple milling operation. Caps include Grade 8 hardware.
53950
53960
8 3/4 Mopar Billet Cap(ea). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.00
Heavy Duty Adjusters (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67.50
CNC Machined Billet Steel
8-3/4 MOPAR AXLE & SPOOL PACKAGE
The MW 8 3/4 Mopar axle/spool package includes a pair of custom built standard Hi-Torque axles (any length/spline combination), 56003 axle bearings, standard steel spool, and a complete
5/8 drive stud kit. SAVE 10%
HI-K13 8-3/4 Mopar Axle Spool kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1032.40
Hi-Torque axles, spool, wheel bearings, retainers, drive stud kit
Call for additional savings on a lightweight components package
40
53960
53950
‘57-’64 OLDS-PONTIAC COMPONENTS
39018
83-5810
MW ’57-’64 Olds Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
13 spline, 4340 steel for 1350 series U-joint.
53153
Olds/Pont ‘57-64 Aluminum Spool . . . . . . . .521.00
35 Spline M/W Spline 2.00 ID Bearing with hard bolt seat washers
53151
53152
58500
’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Spool Bearings . . . . . . .70.70
’57-’64 Olds Rear Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.50
Olds-Pontiac Housing Ends (pr) . . . . . . . . . .120.00
For 58503, 58504 or 58505 axle bearings with seal provision
58501
58590
Olds-Pontiac Bearing Retainers (pr) . . . . . . . .29.00
Olds-Pontiac Housing Ends 1” long(pr) . . . . .120.00
With tapped holes for 58503, 58504 or 58505 axle bearings.
39018
The ’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac rear end is still enjoying some popularity in drag racing. These rears were fairly popular in the past and
have been used in surprising numbers that is why Mark Williams
Enterprises continues to manufacture and stock many of the hard
to find pieces needed to assemble and strengthen this rear. We
have ring and pinions now available. See page 21 for listing.
58910
’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Shim Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .32.50
Pinion depth shims and crush preload spacer.
83-5810 Gear Installation Kit ’57-’62 Olds . . . . . . . . .247.09
Pinion depth shims, crush sleeve, spool & pinion bearings, seal, pinion nut and gear marking compound.
83-5810-S Gear Installation Kit ’57-’67 Olds . . . . . . .221.26
Pinion depth shims, crush sleeve, spool & pinion bearings, seal, pinion nut and gear marking compound. For MW Spool.
OLDS-PONTIAC BILLET CAP
58502 Main cap breakage is a major problem with the ’57-’64 Olds. Mark Williams now offers
a superior strength billet cap that is pre-bored and threaded. Caps are easily installed
with a simple fly cut milling operation.
58502
’57-’64 Olds-Pontiac Cap (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112.00
OLDS-PONTIAC AXLE & SPOOL PACKAGE
The MW Olds-Pontiac Axle/Spool Package includes a pair of custom built
standard Hi-Torque axles (any length with 35 spline spool), axle bearings,
bearing retainer plates, standard steel spool and a complete 5/8 drive stud kit.
HI-K15 Olds-Pontiac Axle spool Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1197.00
Axles, spool, wheel bearings, retainers and drive stud kit.
SHOP L ABOR OPERATIONS
555
Magnaflux and Inspect Axles (pr) . . . . . . . . .50.00
Bearings and studs must be removed for thorough inspection. Lock
ring can not have been tack welded.
666
Thirdmember Type Gear Set Up . . . . . . . . .275.00
9” Ford, 8 3/4 Mopar or Early Olds-Pontiac.
666-11 MW 11” Gear Set Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500.00
Mark Williams 11”
777
Salisbury Type Gear Set Up . . . . . . . . . . . . .300.00
Dana 60, 10 or 12 bolt Chevrolet or 8.8 Ford.
888
MW Main Cap Installation (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . .75.00
Dana 60, 12 bolt Chevrolet, 9” Ford, 8-3/4” Mopar and
‘57-64 Olds/Pontiac.
999
Install Housing Ends (labor only) . . . . . . . . .325.00
Narrow housing or re-align housing ends.
444
Re-Drill MW Axles (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340.00
Bolt pattern change or enlarge for 5/8 drive studs. Requires heat-treating.
Bearings and studs must be removed (bearing lock rings can not have been
tack welded). New bearings required. Can’t be performed on axles that have
studs welded or holes that have been damaged
57463
Machine Case for Internal Pump . . . . . . . . .170.00
Machine mounting pad for internal pump, drill fluid passage hole.
57464
Broach Pinion for Pump Drive . . . . . . . . . . .110.00
Add 5/16” hex to 9” pinion shaft to drive internal fluid pump.
91110
Broach Pinion for MW Pump Drive . . . . . . .110.00
Add 3/8” hex to 9” pinion shaft to drive modular fluid pump.
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 41
11” FULL FLOATER
90055 Top Alcohol 11”
Modular Assembly
The Mark Williams 11” Modular rear end has been designed
to handle the harsh environment of today’s Top
Alcohol and Pro Modified cars. This assembly is
based on a ring and pinion designed by Velvet
Drive Products (the old Richmond Gear) and
produced exclusively for Mark Williams
Enterprises. Features include an 11” (12”
pitch diameter) diameter ring gear and 40
spline pinion shaft. Gear ratios currently
available are 2.91, 3.20, 3.89, 4.10, 4.29,
4.57 and 5.83 With current MW 9”
modular users in mind, the center casting
is 16” wide and has a 2.25” hypoid
distance (same as a 9” Ford) to allow an
easy conversion of any application currently
using the MW 9” modular rear. The MW
floater end bells, floater assembly and the
axles two or one piece axle can all be used
with the assembly. The unique design allows
easy removal of the rear cover to inspect the
ring gear, while the removable pinion support
gives access to the pinion gear. With the beefy
11” gears, the use of premium materials and
features carried over from the other MW race proven
modular rears, the MW 11” offers unmatched strength and
reliability.
MODULAR 11” ASSEMBLIES
90000
11” Modular Center Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9,470.00
Fully assembled center section with MW 11” gear, 40 spline aluminum spool, ball-taper pinion support, coupler and hardware. Center section
only, use this if you have an existing 9” modular rear and want to upgrade to an 11” gear.
90750
Complete 11” Modular Steel Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,585.00
Complete 90000 center section with MW 11” gear, 40 spline aluminum spool, ball-taper pinion support, coupler and hardware, and end bells. MW
full floater with 40 spline axles. Aluminum solid mount brackets. Includes MW 4 piston calipers and lightened steel brake rotors. 210#
90755
Complete 11” Modular Carbon/Carbon Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,310.00
Complete 90000 center section with MW 11” gear, 40 spline aluminum spool, ball-taper pinion support, coupler and hardware, and end bells. MW
full floater with 40 spline axles. Aluminum solid mount brackets. Includes MW 4 piston calipers and carbon/carbon brake rotors and pads. 198#
See charts on pages 53 and 54 for solid mount widths and floater spindle combinations. Call for pricing on special widths and combinations.
42
11” PRO 4-LINK
Pro Mod and Nitro Coupe racers have an option
when it comes to rear end assemblies. Ring and
pinion life for the 9” Ford type rears can be a
constant issue. The 11” Modular make those
issues a thing of the past. The 11” Pro 4-link
rear from Mark Williams represents a massive
gear life improvement for high horsepower 4link drag race cars such as Pro Mods and Nitro
Coupes.
90775 Pro 4-Link 11” Floater Assembly
At the heart is a rugged center module that is cast
from the same tough aircraft alloy used in all MW cast
aluminum components. It also incorporates the thru bolt
design carried with a strength enhancing cover. The bolt
pattern on the mounting faces on both sides of the center
is the same as MW's 9” modular rear. This means, with
slight modification, all the existing MW modular hardware such as 4 link
brackets, lower tie bar, end bells and floater assembly will bolt directly to this new
11” assembly, simplifying the upgrade from a MW 9” modular. The gear set features an 11”
diameter (12” pitch diameter) ring gear and 40-spline pinion shaft are manufactured in the
USA with most popular ratios currently available.
MODULAR 11” PRO 4-LINK ASSEMBLIES
90780
Complete 11” Mod 4 Link Assembly . . . .13,450.00
Uses 4130 steel 4-link brackets, MW steel brake disc full floater
assembly with lightened brake discs, end bells and axles. (17-1/4”
centers 34-5/8” wheel to wheel).
90785
Complete 11” Mod 4-Link Assembly . . . .16,606.52
Uses 4130 Steel 4-Link brackets, full floater assembly with MW carbon/carbon disc brakes, end bells and axles. (17-1/4” centers 34-5/8”
wheel to wheel).
90020
90780 Pro-Mod 4-Link carbon floater
with 4130 steel brackets
90770
91100
Complete 11” Mod 4 Link Assembly . . . .14,450.00
Complete 90020 center with MW full floating 40 spline axles, lightened
steel brakes, aluminum 4-link brackets, end bells and axles. (18” centers, 35-1/2” wheel to wheel).
90775
Complete 11” Mod 4 Link Assembly . . . .17,290.00
Complete 90020 center with MW full floating 40 spline axles,
carbon/carbon brakes, aluminum 4-link brackets, end bells and axles.
(18” centers 35-1/2” wheel to wheel).
toll free
800-525-1963
11” Modular Center Section . . . . . . . . . . . .8797.95
Fully assembled center casting with gears, spool, pinion support, yoke
and hardware. For easy swaps.
Lube Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635.00
Bolts to rear cover on solid or 4 link rear. Includes pump shaft and all
plumbing. A must on Top Alcohol and Pro Mod cars.
See charts on pages 52 and 53 for 4-link widths and floater spindle
combinations. Special narrow steel 4-link as above can be special
built. Call for pricing on special widths and combinations.
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 43
9” ECONO/COMP
Mark Williams Enterprises has perfected an economical modular 9” Ford aluminum rear
end housing setup that can be used for drag racing and street
applications. The key element is the reinforced aluminum housing
center module cast from a special grade aerospace alloy with an
outstanding tensile strength of 60,000 psi
(30% higher than 6061). The
modular concept allows a variety
of end bells and mounting brackets
to suit your particular application.
Price wise, the MW Modular
stacks up favorably to the
considerable re-working needed
to make OEM units useable, or
even the labor intensive
fabricated steel housings. But the
most important consideration is
that the MW Modular housing is a
93000 Modular
completely CNC machined
9” Econo/Comp
assembly and is extremely accurate.
Assembly
There is zero stress from
bending and welding typical to sheet
metal rears. This assures you of a accurate
housing that is properly aligned for optimum internal efficiency. The modular
unit is also upgrade-able. If, at a later date a class change requires full
floating hubs or the width needs to be changed, the appropriate end
bells can be bolted on, eliminating cutting and welding. The newest
addition to our modular line is the Econo/Comp 4 link housing (shown
at right, recommended for dragster and altered applications). It
incorporates special steel 4 link brackets and spacers along with a
tubular lower tie bar. These new components make it easier than ever to
convert a MW modular solid mount dragster housing to a 4 link set-up.
Component interchange-ability is guaranteed with this precision unit.
92400 Econo/Comp
4-Link Housing
9” ECONO/COMP HOUSINGS
92000
Econo/Comp 9” Solid Mount Housing . . . .1976.00
9” center section with 5/16” mounting brackets and standard end bells,
symmetrical brake mount pattern., (26” wide for 32 1/8” wheel to
wheel width). Call for additional widths and applications
WITH
92400
BRACKETS
Econo/Comp 9” 4 Link Housing . . . . . . . . .2511.00
With 3/16” mild steel 4 link brackets, tubular tie bar and standard end
bells w/ symmetrical brake mount pattern, (4-link centers 17” ) with a
33-3/4” wheel to wheel width). Other widths available.
9” ECONO/COMP COMPLETE ASSEMBLIES
93000
Complete Econo/Comp Solid Rear . . . . . .5223.00
Lightweight aluminum carrier, 35-spline aluminum spool, lightened
standard 8620 gears, MW axles (gun-drilled), bearings, drive studs,
MW disc brake kit with drilled rotors, 92000 housing. Assembled
weight 133 lbs.
93050
Complete Econo/Comp Solid Rear . . . . . .7418.00
Lightweight aluminum carrier, 35-spline aluminum spool, lightened
standard 8620 gears, MW axles (gun-drilled), bearings, drive studs,
MW disc brake kit with Carbon/Carbon brakes, 92000 housing.
Assembled weight 121 lbs.
44
93400
Complete Econo/Comp 4 Link Rear . . . . .5985.00
Lightweight aluminum carrier, 35-spline aluminum spool, lightened
standard 8620 gears, MW axles (gun-drilled), bearings, drive studs,
MW disc brake kit with drilled rotors, 92400 housing. Assembled
weight 149 lbs.
93450
Complete Econo/Comp 4 Link Rear . . . . .8200.00
Lightweight aluminum carrier, 35-spline aluminum spool, lightened
standard 8620 gears, MW axles (gun-drilled), bearings, drive studs,
MW disc brake kit with Carbon/Carbon brakes, 92400 housing.
Assembled weight137 lbs.
9” FULL FLOATER
MW’s full floater 9” Ford Aluminum Modular assemblies meet the requirements of classes
that must have full floating hubs. Complete assemblies, including a MW aluminum
thirdmember, offer reliability and provide improved performance
due to precise component alignment. Being a thirdmember
type rear, it’s a snap to change gear ratios. With the 9”,
9-1/2” and 10” ring and pinions, the Modular is suited
for Top Dragster, Competition and Bracket Class
applications. Thirdmembers are now available with
9-1/2” and 10”diameter ring gear (in select
ratios) for added strength.
The MW floater unit incorporates sealed
ball bearings (self lubricating) for minimum drag. The Floater hubs are available
with a 5” or 5-1/2” bolt circle. Complete
rears include full floater assemblies with a
one-piece axle, (standard width only) and a
large pinion thirdmember. Steel or
Carbon/Carbon Disc Brakes are available for
superior stopping power along with substantial
weight savings.
91000 Modular 9” Full
Floater Assembly
MODULAR 9” FLOATER HOUSINGS
94700-31 Modular Floating Housing w/Spindles . . .2446.00
94700-37 Modular Floating Housing w/Spindles . . .2715.00
Housing with Series II spindles and 1/2” thick pocket-milled brackets
(31 1/8” wheel to wheel).
Housing with Series II spindles and 1/2” thick pocket-milled brackets
(37 1/8” wheel to wheel).
94700-33 Modular Floating Housing w/Spindles . . .2652.00
Housing with Series II spindles and 1/2” thick pocket-milled brackets
(33 1/8” wheel to wheel). 50 lbs.
MODULAR 9” FLOATER ASSEMBLIES
91700
Full Floating Mod. Aluminum Rear . . . . . . .7206.00
Floater with 1/2” mount brackets for 5” x 5 or 5 1/2” x 5 B.C, complete
with Series II spindles, 57010 thirdmember (any ratio), brake assembly with lightened discs, MW calipers, one-piece axle, width 33-1/8”
wheel to wheel, assembly weight 164 lbs.
toll free
800-525-1963
91750
Full Floating Mod. Aluminum Rear . . . . . . .9680.00
Same as 91700 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes, assembly weight
152 lbs.
*See pages 52 & 53 for pricing on non-standard width housings
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 45
9” PRO 4-LINK
The MW Modular 9” Pro 4-link housing is an outstanding choice for the
suspended rear racecar. All 4 link brackets are CNC machined from 7075
aircraft alloy aluminum. The layout of the 4-link attachment
points is the same as used by the leading pro stock chassis
builders.
97000 Pro-4-Link 9” Assembly
Units are available in both floater and flange type axle
configurations. Unique design features include indexing
lugs on each 4-link bracket that positively lock inner and
outer brackets to each other and to the housing. This
insures perfect alignment of all components and
eliminates the possibility of the housing and thirdmember
shifting between the brackets. To further strengthen the
assembly, aluminum cross tie bar is used to secure the
4-link brackets to the bottom of the housing. The housing
also has provisions for either upper or lower wishbone
attachment along with shock and wheelie bar mounts. Holes in
the 4-link brackets accommodate rod ends with 5/8” cross-holes.
Standard housing has a 37” wheel-to-wheel width and 20” 4 link
centers. Others widths are available (see charts on page 53 & 54).
9” MODULAR PRO 4-LINK HOUSINGS
96000
Mod 4-Link Flange Axle Housing . . . . . . . .3728.00
Modular housing, aluminum 4-link brackets 37" wheel to wheel, 20" 4-link
centers for flange type axles. See chart on page 52 for other 4 link centers
and wheel to wheel widths.(Other widths available with extra charge).
98700
Mod 4-Link Full Floater Housing . . . . . . . .4088.00
Modular Floater housing, aluminum 4-link brackets, 36-5/8" wheel to
wheel, 20" 4-link centers for Full Floater kit. Call for other other 4 link centers and wheel widths. (Other widths available with extra charge)
9” MODULAR PRO 4-LINK ASSEMBLIES
97000
Complete Modular 4-Link Flange Rear . . .7762.00
3.812 bore H-D aluminum thirdmember with 40 spline steel spool, 9”
Pro-gears, 50500 gun-drilled 40 spline flange axles, MW brakes with
lightened rotors, 37” wheel to wheel and 20” 4 link centers standard.
(Other widths available at extra charge) 160 Lbs.
97050
Complete Modular 4-Link Flange Rear . .10,227.00
Same as 97000 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes.
46
99700
Complete Modular 4-Link Floater Rear . . .9194.00
3.812 bore H-D aluminum thirdmember with 40 spline steel spool, 9”
Pro-gears, gun drilled 40 spline axles, MW brakes with lightened
rotors, 36-5/8” wheel to wheel and 20” aluminum 4-link brackets. (Other
widths available at extra charge) 185 Lbs
99750
Complete Modular 4-Link Rear . . . . . . . .11,665.00
Same as 99700 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes.
9” PRO 4-LINK
The MW Modular 9” 4-link
housing is available with 4130
steel 4-link suspension
mounts. The steel brackets
feature the key alignment
lugs for extra strength. The
result is a 17-1/4” 4link center distance
plus the added
90039 Coil Over
durability of steel
Shock Mount
brackets. Available
with coil-over spring mounts, that are fixed
or adjustable with aluminum shock
mounting brackets. Housings accept the 4.00”
Bore MW thirdmembers without modifications.
The complete rears are available with the 10” ring and
pinion that can include the 100% angular contact ball
bearing assembly. 4-link centers can be as narrow as 16”
with an optional modified center housing.
99785 Pro-4-Link 9” Assembly
2 1/16
2
2 1/16
2
11/16
11/16
5 7/8
5 7/8
5 1/16
5 1/16
6 1/4
6 5/8
3/8
7 7/16
6 3/8
6 3/8
3/8
1 1/16
3/4
5 7/16
3/8
3/4
3/4
1/2
1/2
90041 ADJUSTABLE MOUNT BRACKET
98780 Floater Housing
17-1/4” 4-Link centers
90043 FIXED MOUNT BRACKET
9” MODULAR PRO STEEL 4-LINK HOUSINGS
96780
Mod Steel 4-Link Flange Axle Housing . . .3500.00
Modular housing, Fixed 4130 steel brackets 34" wheel to wheel, 17-1/4"
4-link centers for flange type axles. See chart on page 53 wheel to wheel
widths.(Other widths available with extra charge).
98780
Mod Steel 4-Link Full Floater Housing . . .4106.00
Modular Floater housing, 1/4” 4340 fixed 4-link brackets, 34 5/8" wheel to
wheel, 17-1/4" 4-link centers for Full Floater kit. Call for other other 4 link
centers and wheel widths. (Other widths available with extra charge)
9” MODULAR PRO STEEL 4-LINK ASSEMBLIES
97780 Complete Steel 4-Link Flange Rear . . . . . .9188.00
4.00 bore H-D aluminum thirdmember all ball bearings with 40 spline
steel spool, 10” Pro-gears, 50500 gun drilled 40 spline flange axles,
MW brakes with lightened rotors, 34” wheel to wheel with 17-1/4”
Steel 4 link centers standard. (Other widths available at extra charge)
97785
Complete Steel 4-Link Flange Rear . . . .11,818.00
Same as 97780 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes.
99780
Complete Modular 4-Link Floater Rear . .10,388.00
4.00 bore H-D aluminum thirdmember with 40 spline steel spool, 10”
Pro-gears, gun drilled 40 spline floater axles, Steel disc brakes with
lightened rotors, 34-5/8” wheel to wheel with 17-1/4” Steel 4 link centers standard. (Other widths available at extra charge)
99785
Complete Modular 4-Link Rear . . . . . . . .13,018.00
Same as 99780 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes.
90039 Adjustable Coil Over Shock Mounts brackets and mounts add $125.00
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 47
9” STEEL TUBE
The versatility of the MW 9” Ford aluminum modular rear is truly amazing, and we keep expanding the
possible combinations. All steel tube modular rears use the same cast aluminum center, and
either steel end bells or special aluminum end bells attached to 3” chromoly axle tubes.
Steel tubes allow installation of 4 link or ladder bar brackets,
spring pads, or any other combination available with a
traditional housing. In addition, steel tubes allow for much
wider housing widths than the aluminum configurations.
This opens up many new applications for the MW modular
housing. Using steel end bells, 4-link housings can be
built with MW laser cut 4-link brackets made from 3/16”
thick steel plate. The 4-link attachment points on these
brackets are similar to our aluminum brackets and
accommodate 5/8” cross-hole rod end. Other mounting holes
for the adjustable shock mounts and wheelie bar mounts are 3/8”
97400 Steel Tube 4-Link
diameter. 4 link centers can be as narrow as 21”. To add rigidity to
Assembly
the 4 link mounts, a 1” X 3” steel cross tube is used to tie the 4-link
brackets to the bottom of the housing.
MODULAR 9” STEEL TUBE 4-LINK HOUSINGS
96400
Steel Tube Modular 4-Link Housing . . . . . .2568.00
Any width housing, any 4-Link center to centers (min. 21”), 3” X .250”
wall 4130 steel tubes with steel end bells with choice of MW housing
ends.
97400
Steel Tube Modular 4-Link Assembly . . . . .6325.00
Complete with Aluminum thru bolt case, 40 spline axles, lightweight
steel spool, 9” Pro Gear, Steel 4-Link brackets, with tie bar, MW disc
brakes, drive studs, 1350 series pinion yoke, any housing width, any
width 4-Link centers (21” minimum).
MODULAR 9” STEEL TUBE ASSEMBLIES
95500 Steel Tube Housing
95000
The alternate method of attaching the steel tubes to the MW 90000-series
modular aluminum center is fitting special aluminum end bells to the 3”
chromoly tubes, which can be built to any length and with any
MW housing end. This method is best suited for “Street
Rod” applications giving the rear a more hi-tech look.
Suspension, wheelie bar, and spring
mounts can be attached to the
tubes at the discretion of the
builder just as with a normal
steel 9” housing. The most
obvious benefit is the ability to
use the interchangeable, easy-tomaintain 9” Ford thirdmember.
Steel Tube Modular Street Assembly . . . . .5659.00
With aluminum end bells and 4130 tubes, your spring/suspension mounts. Any make housing ends. Pro-Street axles with
Timken wheel bearings. Includes lightweight aluminum thirdmember and 31 spline posi, minimum of 38” housing width
(less brakes).
95500
Steel Tube Modular Housing . . . . . . . . . . .1635.00
3” diameter tubes with end bells for street/strip use. Spring pad or
suspension mount installation is additional.
The models listed are typical assemblies. We can build you a rear to suite your individual requirements
with a different thirdmember and axle\brake combinations. We can supply a drawing of the available 4link bolt patterns upon request. Different configurations are available. Call for a quotation on a rear
with the options that meets your requirements.
48
12 BOLT ECONO/COMP
MW’s 12 bolt Econo/Comp modular aluminum
93012 Modular 12 Bolt Econo/Comp Assembly
housing is ideal for many dragster/altered
applications. The center casting is only
14” wide. When used with standard
end bells the housing width is 24”.
This gives a wheel to wheel width
of 30 1/8” allowing for the
narrow rear tread width that is
popular today with a number of
dragster chassis builders. Other
widths are available. See page
52-53 for choices. This is easily
done through the use of different
end bells. The 12 Bolt ring and
pinion has also become popular
due to its reduced internal friction.
This improved efficiency frees up
horsepower and
becomes more beneficial in
lightweight cars or lower
horsepower cars.
For suspended dragsters we offer
the Econo/Comp 4 link housing (shown
at left). It incorporates special steel 4 link
brackets and aluminum spacers along with a tubular
lower tie bar. These new components make it easier than ever
to
convert a MW modular solid mount dragster housing to a 4-link set-up. Another important
92412 Econo/Comp
factor is the weight of the assembly. At 122 lbs. with drilled steel rotors, the Modular 12 Bolt
4-Link Housing
can easily save 10 lbs. over a 9” Ford. For the super weight conscience racer, additional weight
savings of roughly 15 lbs. is possible through the use of an aluminum spool, lightened gear, and
MW carbon/carbon disc brakes.
12 BOLT ECONO/COMP ASSEMBLIES
93012
12 Bolt Econo/Comp Assembly . . . . . . . .5636.00
35 spline aluminum spool, lightened Pro ring and pinion gears, MW
axles (gun drilled), bearings, drive studs, MW disc brake kit with
drilled rotors, 92012 solid mount housing. Assembled weight 122 lbs.
93052
12 Bolt Pro Econo/Comp Assembly . . . . . .8101.00
Same as 93012 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes. Assembled
weight 112 lbs.
93412
12 Bolt Econo/Comp 4-Link Assembly . . . .7032.00
35 spline aluminum spool, lightened Richmond Pro ring and pinion
gears, MW axles (gun drilled), bearings, drive studs, MW disc brake
kit with drilled rotors, 92412 4 link housing. Assembled weight 138 lbs.
93452
12 Bolt Mod Econo/Comp Assembly . . . . .9497.00
Same as 93412 but with MW carbon/carbon brakes. Assembled
weight 128 lbs.
91212
12 Bolt Center Section Only . . . . . . . . . . . .2988.00
Spare center set up with spool, Pro Gears, coupler or yoke.
91215
toll free
800-525-1963
The 12 Bolt Modular center section is
available as a ridged-mount center section
featuring CV stub axles for independent
rear suspension applications. Call an MW
Technical representative for more
information.
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 49
12 BOLT PRO 4-LINK
With the current trend in Super
Comp toward suspended
dragsters and altereds, the
MW Modular 12 Bolt Pro 4
Link housing is the answer.
The Pro 4 link housing
offers many benefits over
mounting a steel 12 bolt
housing with suspension
brackets.
MW's
innovative modular design
allows for a wide range of
housing configurations.
Housing width and 4 link
centers can be adjusted through
the use of different end bells and/or
spacers. The housing in the assembly
pictured is perfect for dragster applications
with a wheel to wheel width of 33" and 4 link
centers at just 16". Add to this all of the MW
refinements to the 12 Bolt design increased
efficiency of the 12 Bolt ring and pinion, and the
lighter assembly weight vs a 9" Ford and it's easy to see that the MW
Modular 12 Bolt really meets the needs of light weight race cars.
97012 Pro 4-Link
Assembly
INSPECTION/FILL PLUG IN
COVER, A DRAIN HOLE/PLUG
DESIGN FEATURES:
IN BOTTOM OF HOUSING
THREADED
SPOOL-CARRIER
ADJUSTMENT
COVER LOCKS ON INSIDE
EDGE AND USES AN O-RING
SEAL TO ELIMINATE GASKETS
AND LEAKS.
THRU BOLTS INTO COVER
CAPS SUPPORTED BY
HOUSING WALL
96012 Pro 4-Link 12 Bolt Housing
12 BOLT PRO 4-LINK ASSEMBLIES
97012
12 Bolt Pro 4-Link Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .8362.00
With aluminum billet 4-link brackets, aluminum end bells, 35 spline
aluminum spool, US Pro-gears, gun-drilled axles, MW disc brakes
with drilled rotors. Standard 35” wheel to wheel. 138 lbs.
97512
12 Bolt Pro 4-Link Assembly . . . . . . . . . .10,827.00
Same assembly as 97012 shown at left but equipped with a MW carbon/carbon brake kit. 128 lbs.
See pages 52 & 53 for a complete list of the housing widths and 4 link
center combinations available using different end bells and/or spacers.
50
12 BOLT STEEL TUBE REARS
MW offers the Modular 12 Bolt with chromoly steel axle tubes. The steel tubes
can be attached to the center with either a steel end bell or aluminum end bell. A
housing built with steel end bells allows closer 4-link center distances. MW can
supply the 4 link brackets (shown at right), which have 4 link layout the
similar to the layout used by leading pro stock chassis builders. These
brackets can be installed on
the centers of your
choice. They are laser
cut from 3/16” thick
steel plate. The hole
size for the rod ends is
5/8”, other mounting
holes for shock and
wheelie
bar
mounts are 3/8”
diameter. A 1” X
3” tubular steel tie
bar is added to
stabilize the 4 link
brackets.
Aluminum end bells
are available and are
97412 Steel Tube 4-Link 12 Bolt Assembly
normally used with leaf spring
applications for street applications.
This method adds to the high-tech look
of the housing. Spring pads can be added for bolt in units.
12 BOLT STEEL TUBE ASSEMBLIES
95412
12 Bolt Steel Tube Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .5360.00
12 Bolt modular housing with steel end bells and housing ends to
suit brakes, Hi-Torque axles 30 spline Eaton posi, 8620 street gears
(3.08 - 4.88 ratios), 1350 pinion yoke, fully assembled. (less brakes)
97412
12 Bolt Steel Tube 4-Link Assembly . . . . . .7034.00
Complete with Hi-Torque 35 spline axles, lightweight steel spool, US
Pro Gear, Steel 4-Link brackets, with rectangular tie bar, MW disc
brakes (Drilled Rotors), drive studs, 1350 pinion yoke, any desired
housing width, any width 4-Link centers .
Mark Williams can also install customers supplied ladder bar or 4 link brackets,
shock mounts, wheelie bar mounts, spring pads etc. on steel tube housings.
Call for pricing and more information on a housing to fit your exact needs.
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 51
COMPONENTS
90100
9” Ford Modular Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1222.50
Includes all studs, nuts and washers for end bells and center section,
filler cap, vent and pump block off plate. Specify the thickness of the
end bells or 4-link brackets to determine the proper end bell stud.
90200
12 Bolt Main Modular Center . . . . . . . . . .1244.00
With all studs, nuts and washers for end bells, main caps, adjusters
and cast rear cover with filler cap and vent. Specify the thickness of
the end bells or 4-link brackets to determine the proper end bell stud.
90100
90200
SOLID MOUNT
AND
4-LINK BRACKETS
All modular brackets for solid mount applications are CNC
machined from 7075-T6 billet aluminum plate. 1/2" brackets are
pocket milled on both sides. Steel 4 link brackets are laser cut
1/4" 4130 and NC milled to mate to keyed spacers .
90117
90012
90116
90115
90012 1/2” Mount Bracket (11” Mod) (ea.) . . . .175.00
90115 5/16” Mount Bracket (ea.) . . . . . . . . . . . .166.00
90116 1/2” Mount Bracket (9” Mod.) (ea.) . . . . .162.00
90117 1/2” Mount Bracket, Blank (ea.) . . . . . .155.00
14" X 11", hole center is 3" in, semi-finished plate
90041
4-Link Bracket Adjustable Height (ea) . .175.00
For 90039 shock mount , 1/4” thick 4130 material
900041
90043-1 -Link Bracket Fixed Height (ea) . . . . . . .175.00
90043
1/4” 4130 material for 17-1/4” narrow 4-link centers
90039
Adjustable Coil Over Mount Kit . . . . . . . .97.50
for the 90041 4-link bracket kit (pr)
90039
FLUID PUMP ASSEMBLY
Mark Williams 9” and 11” Modular rears are set up to accept a fluid pump to circulate rear end lubricant from
the back of the housing forward to the pinion bearings and the gear contact area to extend bearing and ring
and pinion life. Pump is driven off the rear of the pinion shaft. Pump assembly includes pump shaft,
required fittings, braided hose, and fasteners.
91100 Pressure Lubrication Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635.00
Pump drive requires 3/8 hex in pinion shaft (see below).
91110
Broach Hex Drive in Pinion (labor only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.00
91100
90108
SPACERS, SEALS & TAIL LIGHT
Rear Cover for Tail Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42.00
90108
Replaces standard pump block off plate.
90109
Tail Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52.10
To be used with 90108 cover plate above.
90127
End Bell Axle Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.75
Fits into center casting before end bell is installed
96020
1/2” Thick Keyed Spacer (ea.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192.00
Keyed spacers can be used to change 4 link centers and/or housing width
on modular housings. Requires special studs.
96022
1” Thick Keyed Spacer (ea.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204.00
Keyed spacers can be used to change 4 link centers and/or housing width
on modular housings. Requires special studs.
52
96022
90127
90109
CONFIGURATIONS
For Large OD
58509 bearing
4-11/16”
4-11/16”
4-3/16
3-11/16”
5-11/16”
6-11/16”
FLANGE
AXLE END
BELLS
90110
9”
OR 11” SOLID
MOUNT REAR
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
17-1/4” CENTERS
90122
90118
90124
90140
90150
32 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 32 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 31 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 30 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 34 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 36 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL
34” WHEEL TO WHEEL
34” WHEEL TO WHEEL
33” WHEEL TO WHEEL
32” WHEEL TO WHEEL
36” WHEEL TO WHEEL
38” WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 18” CENTERS
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9”
OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 19” CENTERS
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
40”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 20” CENTERS
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
41”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 21” CENTERS
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
40”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
42”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 22” CENTERS
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
41”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
43”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
12 BOLT
SOLID MOUNT 30 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 30 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 29 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 28 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 32 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL 34 1/8” WHEEL TO WHEEL
REAR
12 BOLT 4 LINK REAR
16” CENTERS
33”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
32”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
31”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
12 BOLT 4 LINK REAR
17” CENTERS
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
32”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
12 BOLT 4 LINK REAR
18” CENTERS
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
12 BOLT 4 LINK REAR
19” CENTERS
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
40”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
12 BOLT 4 LINK REAR
20” CENTERS
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
41”
WHEEL TO WHEEL
THE M/W MODULAR rear can be configured for flange axles or floater hubs to meet any
requirement. These charts list the most popular configurations. In addition some of the
modular rears used for front motor applications can use spacers between the housing and the
mounting brackets to align the attachment point closer to the chassis rails.
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 53
CONFIGURATIONS
2-9/16
3-1/16
3-9/16
90322
90323
5-9/16
4-9/16
90324
90320
SERIES II
FLOATER
END BELLS
90321
31-1/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
32-1/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33-1/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35-1/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37-1/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11”
SOLID MOUNT REAR
32-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
33-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
17-1/4” CENTERS
33-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
34-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 18” CENTERS
34-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
35-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
40-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 19” CENTERS
35-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
36-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
41-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 20” CENTERS
36-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
37-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
40-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
42-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 21” CENTERS
37-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
38-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
39-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
41-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
43-5/8
WHEEL TO WHEEL
9” OR 11” 4 LINK
REAR 22” CENTERS
All dimensions are in inches. Solid mount widths are shown with 1/2” brackets.. 17-1/4” 4-Link centers is with 1/4”steel brackets. Call for special widths.
54
FULL FLOATER HUB KITS
55005/55031
DRIVE PLATE
90301 CALIPER
MOUNT
95XXX Floater Assembly
SIX HOLE CALIPER
ATTACHMENT
90304 FLOATER
4340 SPINDLE
55010/55070
HUB BEARINGS
71010/81004
BRAKE ROTOR
55068 FLOATER
HUB
76X6261 DRIVE
PLATE SEAL
The M/W Full Floater assembly is required by most sanctioning bodies for Fuel, Alcohol, and Pro Modified racecars. In the event
of an axle failure, the floating hub will prevent wheel loss. An added performance advantage is that the wheel alignment is
maintained under high acceleration load situations, preventing a “toe in” condition. The Series II floater assemblies feature a
handful of new improvements. A larger inside bearing allows thicker spindle cross-section preventing crack propagation under
severe tire-shake conditions. The forged aluminum hub has improved stud retention with deeper counter-bores and longer threads
engagement. Hubs are available with either 5-1/2” or 5” X 5 hole bolt circle. Spindles are produced from forged 4340 chromenickel-molybdenum steel and heat-treated. Floater axles are available in the standard 4340 or 300M, solid or gun-drilled. All drive
plates are 40-spline and machined and heat-treated 4140 alloy steel.
Kits are available with conventional steel rotors or carbon-carbon setups that feature our Slot-Drive™ rotor attachment technology.
Upgrade options include ceramic wheel bearings and four caliper brake kits. The floater kits are also available with long spindles,
or without spindles to fit modular housings already equipped with spindles.
STANDARD FLOATER KITS
95700
Full Floater Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . .3890.00
40 spline axles, 5 x 5” bolt pattern.
95750
95800
Full Floater Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .3890.00
40 spline axles, 5 x 5 1/2” bolt pattern.
Full Floater Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .2975.00
40 spline axles, 5 x 5” bolt pattern. Less floater spindles.
95850
Full Floater Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .2975.00
40 spline axles, 5 x 5 1/2” bolt pattern. Less floater spindles.
CARBON/CARBON FLOATER KITS
95400
Full Floater Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .6355.00
40 spline axles, 5 x 5” bolt pattern.
95450
95555
Full Floater Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .6355.00
40 spline axles, 5 x 5 1/2” bolt pattern.
Full Floater Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .5440.00
40 spline axles, 5 x 5” bolt pattern. Less floater spindles.
95570
Full Floater Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .5440.00
40 spline axles, 5 x 5 1/2” bolt pattern. Less floater spindles.
FLOATER KIT UPGRADE OPTIONS
Dual Caliper Option w/ Steel Rotors add . . . . . . . . . .890.00
Titanium Wheel Studs add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339.00
Aluminum Lug Nuts add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70.00
One Piece Floater Shaft, std length add . . . . . . . . . . .155.00
One Piece Floater Shaft, special length add . . . . . . .240.00
300M Material Axle Shafts gun drilled add . . . . . . . . 505.00
toll free
800-525-1963
Floater Axles (non-standard lengths*) add . . . . . . . . . .50.00
Gun-Drilled Floater Axles (non-standard*) add . . . . .140.00
Long Spindle Upgrade add for pair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404.00
Ceramic Bearing upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .800.00
Aluminum Drive Plates upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156.00
* Note: Axles are included in some floater kits. Stocked axles,
(28” to 38” wheel to wheel) will be supplied gun-drilled at no
additional charge. All others see pricing options.
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 55
FLOATER COMPONENTS
The MW unique ball bearing floater design, is easily identified by the large snap ring that retains the hub. This is a very successful drag race
design and is race proven. We stock most everything you need for repair and/or replacement, or to update your current floater assembly.
55066
MW Floater Hub for Steel Rotor (ea) . . . . . .551.00
5” bolt circle, less bearings and wheel studs Series II design.
55067
MW Carbon/Carbon Floater Hub (ea) . . . . .612.00
5” bolt circle, less bearings and wheel studs Series II design .
55068
MW Floater Hub for Steel Rotor (ea) . . . . . .551.00
5-1/2” bolt circle, less bearings and wheel studs Series II design.
55069
MW Carbon/Carbon Floater Hub (ea) . . . . .612.00
5 1/2” bolt circle, less bearings and wheel studs Series II design .
90304
Floater Spindle, Short Series II (ea) . . . . . .479.00
Short spindle 7-7/16” over all length 3-1/32” length from flange.
90337
Floater Spindle, Long Series II (ea) . . . . . . .681.00
Long spindle 12-916” over all length, 8-1/8” length from flange.
55005 40 Spline Drive Plate 5” Bolt Circle (ea) . . .257.00
55031 40 Spline Drive Plate, 5 1/2” Bolt Circle (ea) 257.00
55008C Floater Axle Shafts, to 20” Long (pr) . . . . . .550.00
55008CG Floater Axle Shafts Gun-Drilled (pr) . . . . .595.00
55008L Floater Axle Shafts, 20” to 34” Long (pr) . . .590.00
55008M Floater Axle Shafts, (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790.00
300M material (custom made) up to 20”.
55008MG Floater Axle Shafts, (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .880.00
300M material 7/8” Gun drilled (custom made) up to 20”.
55010
Floater Hub Bearing, Outer (ea) . . . . . . . . . .73.00
Double sealed ball bearing, 1 per hub.
55070
Floater Hub Bearing, Inner (ea) . . . . . . . . . .108.89
Series II large inner, double sealed Ball Bearing .
55018
93061
40 Spline Drive Plate Cover (ea) . . . . . . . . . .38.00
Floater Wheel Stud (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.90
5/8-18 thd. 4.2" over all, 2” shoulder protrudes 11/16" from drive plate.
71010
Brake Rotor (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165.00
Slot drive mounting pattern, 11-3/4” diameter with lightening holes.
90305
Single Caliper Mount Bracket (ea) . . . . . . . . .70.00
For Series II spindle, 11 3/4” rotor with a single caliper.
95023
Dual Caliper Mount Bracket (ea) . . . . . . . . .129.34
For Series II spindle, 11 3/4” rotor with dual calipers.
95029
Dual Caliper Mount Bracket (ea) . . . . . . . . .129.34
For Series II spindle, 11 3/8” rotor with dual calipers, for 15” wheels
The parts listed are for current kits. Most service parts for older kits
are available. The current Series II Floater Hubs has a larger rear
bearing. Series II spindles are required.
BILLET WHEEL SPACERS
7304
1/4” Wheel Spacers (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66.50
4-1/2”, 4-3/4” & 5” x 5 hole patterns, for 11/16” drive studs.
7308
1/2” Wheel Spacers (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94.00
4-1/2”, 4-3/4” & 5” x 5 hole patterns, for 11/16” drive studs.
7314
1/4” Wheel Spacers for Floater (pr) . . . . . . . .72.50
4-3/4”, 5” & 5 1/2” x 5 hole patterns, for 11/16” drive studs.
7318
1/2” Wheel Spacers for Floater (pr) . . . . . . . .97.50
4-3/4”, 5” & 5 1/2” x 5 hole patterns, for 11/16” drive studs.
FILLER CAPS
AND
BUNGS
MW offers two sizes of filler caps and weld bungs. Either suitable
for many different applications, including rear end, valve cover,
fuel tanks, etc. Filler cap weld bungs are available in steel or
aluminum. Popular size fuel line aluminum weld bungs, drain plug
w/bung and screw-in housing vents are also available.
-6 Tank Weld Bung, (Aluminum), (3/8) . . . . . .10.30
2403
2404
-8 Tank Weld Bung, (Aluminum), (1/2) . . . . . .11.64
Rear Drain Fitting (3/8” pipe thread) . . . . . . .12.36
5014
5015
Rear Filler Cap, Gold, (Alum) . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.25
Rear Filler Weld Bung, (Steel) . . . . . . . . . . . .12.50
5016
5018
Rear Filler Weld Bung, (Aluminum) . . . . . . . .11.50
5019
Vent Plug Rear Housing (1/4” pipe thread) . . .7.70
5020
Fuel Tank Weld Bung, (Aluminum) . . . . . . . . .12.25
56
76X6261 40 Spline Drive Plate Seal (ea) . . . . . . . . . .12.50
3100-255 40 Axle Retaining Ring (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.40
RSN168 Floater Spindle Retaining Ring(ea) . . . . . . . . .2.50
225.04.12.NC Torx Screw for Cover (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . .0.70
MW wheel spacers are
available in 1/4” and 1/2”
thicknesses and are
produced from billet
aircraft grade aluminum
(not cast). All spacers are
drilled for use with 11/16”
diameter drive studs. All
popular wheel bolt
patterns are available. The
7304
7308
7314
7304 and 7308 center hole
clears a 3-1/16” register.
The 7314 and 7318 clears a 3-1/2” floater drive plate.
5030
5015
5021
5022
5030
5040
5020
5018
5040
5016
2404
5022
2403
7318
5019
5021
5014
Vent Plug Rear Housing (1/8” pipe thread) . . .6.40
-16 Fuel Line Weld Bung (Aluminum) . . . . . .15.25
Fuel Tank Cap (Aluminum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32.00
Fuel Tank Filler Weld Bung, (Steel) . . . . . . . .12.50
Also used for a large rear axle filler/inspection port.
HOUSING ENDS & RETAINERS
MW manufactures a full line of weld on housing ends. All housing
ends are CNC machined from 4130 heat treated forgings and
are designed to butt weld to the housing tube and match the bolt
patterns of most popular brake assemblies. Most MW housing
ends are 2" long and have provisions for inboard seals that
eliminates the possible gear oil leakage through the axle bearings.
This extra length also reduces distortion problems of the bearing
bore from final welding.
3.00
All Pro Street Housing ends use Timken® bearings and special outboard seals. Alignment tools
are available to properly install the housing ends (page 58).
3.00
NOTE: WE RECOMMEND USING THE SYMMETRICAL 58580 OR 58599 HOUSING ENDS FOR ALL
APPLICATIONS USING AFTERMARKET DISC BRAKES.
SYMMETRICAL
58580
Symmetrical 4130 material (pr) . . .120.00
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. 4130 material fig. A
OLDS/PONTIAC
58500
58501
58590
Olds/Pontiac (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . .120.00
58500H Olds/Pontiac Short (pr) . . . . . . . .111.08
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. 1” long. fig. B
3.398
2.828
Pro-Street Symmetrical (pr) . . . .150.16
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. A
2.656
Olds/Pontiac Retainers (pr) . . . . . .29.00
Olds/Pontiac Short Ends (pr) . . .120.00
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. 1” long with 3/8-24
threaded holes. fig. B
Full Size GM (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153.88
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. C
58410
58230
Full Size GM Retainers (pr) . . . . . . .29.00
Standard GM Retainers (pr) . . . . . .29.00
2.401
2.652
58600
Standard GM (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130.00
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. D
58560
2.00
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. E
57801
57802
57804
57805
57810
Small Ford Retainers (pr) . . . . . . . . .29.00
New Style Ford Retainers (pr) . . . . .29.00
Large Ford Retainers (pr) . . . . . . . .29.00
Lincoln Retainer (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . .29.00
Small Ford Pro Street (pr) . . . . . . .110.00
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. E
57820
Large Ford 1/2” Holes Pro Street . .110.00
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. Pair fig. F
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. D
3.50
57830
57850
57860
Lincoln 3/8” Holes Pro Street (pr) 110.00
800-525-1963
2.00
58510
G
New Style Ford (pr) . . . . . . . . . . .120.00
3.396
8.8 Ford (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212.44
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. Includes 3/8” backing
plate studs. fig. H
1.679
H
8.8 Ford Retainers (pr) . . . . . . . . . .29.00
3.064
3.180
Mopar (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151.36
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. I
56501
1.573
I
Mopar Retainers (pr) . . . . . . . . . . .29.00
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. I
toll free
3.556
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. G
53189
Mopar Pro Street (pr) . . . . . . . . .157.72
Lincoln 3/8” Holes (pr) . . . . . . . . .120.00
For 58506 Timken® unit bearings. fig. F
53184
53188
F
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. F
MOPAR
Mopar Long(pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120.00
Large Ford 1/2” Holes (pr) . . . . . .123.88
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. F
57840
58511
For 56003 or56001 bearings. For seal. fig. I
E
Standard GM Pro Street (pr) . . . . .175.96
2.375
Small Ford (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.00
D
3.312
FORD
57800
C
3.072
CHEVROLET
58400
B
Short Symmetrical Tapped (pr) . .111.00
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. 1” long. 3/8-24 threaded
holes. fig. A
58585
For all 3.150 O.D. bearings. fig. B
3.464
2.414
58581
A
3.566
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 57
Heavy Duty HOUSING ENDS
These ends accept a much larger, single, double row, or self aligning axle bearings that are capable of
handling increased loads seen with these high horsepower cars.
The HD series and the spherical Evolution 4.1 bearings (see page 5) have a larger O.D. of 85mm
(3.347"), which requires either modifying the existing, or purchasing new caliper mounting brackets
that accept the larger diameter. The bearing used with these ends have a 45mm bore so they must be
58595
installed on axles to match. The sealing arrangement has been modified with a seal in either the caliper
bracket, the housing end bore, or before the bearing in the housing end depending on the system. All ends
are drilled for the 3” square symmetrical bolt pattern and require the 58572 3/8” diameter stud kit to retain the caliper brackets.
58577 Evolution 4.1 Housing Ends (pr) . . . . . . . . . .320.00
Housing end for Evolution 4.1 system. See Pg 6 for design details.
58595
Ends for 85mm wide bearings w/Seal (pr)...232.00
For 58508 wide bearing only. 2.25” long with provision for sea
58598
Ends for 85mm wide bearing w/o Seal (pr) .208.00
For 58508 sealed bearing 1.50” long no provision for inner seal
58599
Housing Ends for 85mm Narrow bearing . . .120.00
2” long 4130 w/seal provision for 58509 bearing and 58570 bolt kit.
BOLT KITS & SEALS
MW stocks both 3/8” and 1/2” backing plate bolt kits as well as the stud kit
required for the HD housing ends. 3/8” bolts feature quick start ends with
serrations under the heads to hold them securely in the housing ends. 1/2”
size are special modified fasteners. All kits also include self locking nuts.
58515
58514
58516
MW offers 3 different inner axle seals for all MW 2”long housing ends.
These seals are designed to ride on the axle shaft just inboard of the axle
bearing lock ring.
58514
58515
58516
58570
Housing End Seal for 1.625 dia. Axle . . . . . .13.71
Housing End Seal for 1.774 dia. Axle . . . . . .13.98
Housing End Seal for 1.562 dia. Axle . . . . . .13.41
Backing Plate Bolt Kit (set of 8) . . . . . . . . . . .33.00
3/8” with nuts for MW housing ends (except large old style Ford)
58572
2” Alignment Bar
Center Section Rings
Housing End Adapter
300(X) Basic Housing End Alignment Kit . . . . . . .484.00
The basic kit contains an alignment bar 39-1/2” long (one), a
pair of differential centering rings and one housing end aligning
sleeve. The kits are supplied with a choice of different bar
centering rings (one pair) and housing end adapters (one).
Extra rings and sleeves can be purchased to allow narrowing
and truing all popular differentials.
302
Housing End adapters
3.150” and 2.875” Diameters . . . . . . . . . .230.00
Large Ford Olds-Pontiac (80mm) and Mopar (73mm)
303
3.150” and 2.834” Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . .230.00
Large Ford Olds-Pontiac (80mm) and Mustang (72mm)
310
3.349” and 3.150” Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . .230.00
Symmetrical ends (85 mm) & Large Ford Olds-Pontiac (80mm)
For Mopar type ends that require 10 bolts.
58572
Housing End Stud Kit (set of 8) . . . . . . . . . . .51.00
3/8” studs, nuts and washers for Pro Mod housing ends or
MW modular end bells.
Backing Plate Bolt Kit (set of 8) . . . . . . . . . . .35.00
1/2” with nuts for large Ford ends
The M/W housing alignment tools are the most accurate way to
narrow a rear end housing. It is the tool of choice for all the
prominent chassis builders. The alignment bar has a large 2”
diameter that is heat treated, hard chromed, and precision ground
for durability and precise fit to the mating components. By
utilizing a hard-chromed surface we can have a close clearance to
the rings without a problem of galling to the mating parts.
Alignment sleeves and center rings are produced from thru
hardening steel, heat treated, honed, then outside diameters are
ground on precision arbors. The quality of this tool will allow
many years of accurate performance.
As a added feature, one end of the housing end tool has a 2-1/2”
diameter to align the end of a 3” x 1/4 wall housing tube, for tack
welding. Kits are shipped in a wooden container that is ideal for
storage.
304
Floater Alignment Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . .334.00
M-W Series II floater spindles.
305
Bar Centering Rings
Center Section Alignment Rings . . . . . . . 144.00
Dana 60, 3.812” O.D.
306
Center Section Alignment Rings . . . . . . .144.00
Ford 9”, 3.250” O.D.
307
Center Section Alignment Rings . . . . . . .144.00
12-bolt, 8.8” Ford and Ford 9”, 3.062” O.D.
308
Center Section Alignment Rings . . . . . . .144.00
Mopar 8-3/4”, 3.265” O.D.
58
58575
58570A Backing Plate Bolt Kit (set of 10) . . . . . . . . . .41.25
58575
HOUSING NARROWING TOOLS
58570
FRONT DISC BRAKE KITS
The integral hub design incorporates a one piece hub/brake hat and is
produced from aircraft alloy aluminum. The larger mounting diameter
utilizes the Slot-Drive™ attachment system that reduces rotor distortion.
The integral hub design directs the heat from the brake rotor to the
wheel, the largest heat sink. The hubs are double drilled with 4-1/2"
and 4-3/4" bolt patterns to fit the most popular wheels. 1/2”-20 X 2"
(3" available) wheel studs are standard as are the billet aluminum dust
caps with o-ring seals. The special alloy 10-1/2” diameter steel rotors
are stress relieved, double disc ground in MW's facility and features
cleaning grooves that act to clean the surface of the brake pads.
The heart of all Mark Williams brake kits is the MW quick-change caliper. The
bridge strength of the MW caliper is superior to every other caliper on the market
today due to the use of large 7/16" fasteners connecting the caliper halves and the use
of a bridge bolt on the 4-piston caliper. Internal fluid porting eliminates external
lines and allows calipers to be used on either side. Each kit includes Timken®
tapered roller bearings, CR® inner seal, spindle nut and washer and all of the
required fasteners. Timken® Hi-Temp Grease is recommended see page 60.
UNIT HUB BRAKE KITS
Mark Williams Enterprises now has a high quality front brake kit available for the
Generation 5 GM cars that utilize a Unit Front Hub design. Kit features Slot-Drive ™
disc attachment system that is produced from rust resistant stainless steel. This design
allows components to thermally expand and contract without creating warping stress
common in other systems. This precision kit features heat-treated large diameter steel
alloy rotors. The lightening holes reduce rotating weight and create a fresh friction
surface on the brake pads ensuring optimal stopping surfaces. All brackets are made
from 7075 grade aircraft aluminum alloy and feature a gold finish. The MW brake kit
maintains the original track width to preserve the original steering geometry. Our kit
features four piston MW calipers with internal porting.
75530
GM Gen 5 Disc brake kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1247.17
Requires spindle modifications for caliper and rotor hat clearance. See service
Bulletin # SB0090 for modifications required.
75530MOD Modify Customers Spindles (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60.00
75530 Disc Kit with 75538 Hub and Spindle Modifications
SUPER LIGHT GEN 5 CAMARO HUB
For the COPO cars. This is a direct replacement for the heavy and high drag
OEM unit bearing hub. Designed for maximum weight savings and reduction of
drag, this unit features triple low drag bearings, an aircraft aluminum housing,
and a lightened, heat treated aircraft alloy hub. The rotating torque is 75% less
than the OEM assemblies. Our alloy steel hub is shot peened and nickel plated
for rust prevention and features a extensive internal tulip profile for maximum
weight
reduction.
A weight savings of 6 pounds per vehicle is obtained.
75538
Gen 5 GM Hub Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080.00
Choice of 1/2-20 x 2” or 3” long wheel studs
75150
GENERAL MOTORS INTEGRAL HUB KITS
Early Camaro/Chevelle 4 Piston Kit . . . . . .1518.00
‘67-’69 Camaro/Firebird ’67-’72 Chevelle ’68-’74 Nova (all drum spindles).
75200
Late GM “F” Body 2 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . .1625.00
’93-’00 Camaro/Firebird
75250
Late GM “F” Body 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . .1874.00
’93-’00 Camaro/Firebird
75840
Camaro/Chevelle 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . .1333.00
‘70-’76 Camaro/Firebird ’73-’76 Chevelle ‘75-’76 Nova*Spindle
toll free
800-525-1963
75850
3rd Generation Camaro 4 Piston Kit . . . . . .1485.00
’82-’92 Camaro/Firebird
75860
Corvette 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1900.00
‘84 Corvette w/ aluminum Spindles
75870
Corvette 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1558.00
’69-’82 Corvette ’68-’72 Chevy Pass. w/disc brakes
75950
GM “G” Body/S-10 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . .1438.00
’94-’00 Chevy S-10 ’79-’87 Monte Carlo and Malibu
’79-’87 Grand Prix
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 59
FORD KITS
75350
Late Pinto/Mustang II 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . .1404.00
’74-’78 Mustang II
75450
’74-’80 Pinto
Early Pinto 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1380.00
75750
Late Mustang 4 Piston Kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . .1398.00
’79 Mustang 4&6 cyl ‘80 All ‘81 some
Mustang 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1387.00
’70 Mustang/Falcon/Fairlane ,71-’74 Comet (drums)
75650
‘64 Fairlane T/B 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1425.00
‘64-’65 Fairlane
‘71-’72 Pinto (drum brakes)
75460
75655
75760
‘78-81 Mustang 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1555.00
‘79-’81 Mustang 4 & 6 cylinder
Early Mustang 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1397.00
’67-’69 Mustang ’66-’69 Comet (drum)
75770
‘87-’92 Mustang 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1445.00
8 cylinder strut
MOPAR KITS
75000-S Special Application Brake kits . . . . . . . . . . . .P.O.A
75500
75540
75550
75570
We can produce some special kits Priced On Application (P.O.A.)
“A” Body 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1402.00
Challenger 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1226.00
“A” Body 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1375.00
“E” Body 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1534.00
2009 Challenger Unit Hub type KIt
Note: To assure the proper fit we require the spindles for Mopar Kits to be sent for variation and factory installation. We have found there are so many
variations, this method is the only way we can assure a proper installation.
RACING STRUT INTEGRAL HUB KITS
75010
M/W Brake kit for Drag Race Struts that utilize bolt on wheels. Integral hub design with 4-3/4” and
4-/1/2” x 5 hole bolt pattern, 1/2-20 threads. Steel 10-1/2” diameter steel disc with M/W Calipers.
75000 Strange Sportsman Strut 2 Piston Kit . . . . . . . .1488.00
73300
75010 Santhuff Strut 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1488.00
75030
75040
75050
75070
Bickel Super Stock Strut 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . .1424.00
Bickel Strut 2 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1424.00
Strange Sportsman Strut 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . .1513.00
Art Morrison Strut 4 Piston Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1750.00
SPINDLE MOUNT KITS
MW's floating brake rotor solves the installation problems associated with fixed rotor kits. Mark Williams now
offers several kits that are direct bolt-on to aftermarket style front struts. Also included are kits designed for MW
Anglia/P&S style front spindles, plus the Strange adjustable Dragster/FC spindle.
All kits feature designs that use a solid mounted billet aluminum two piston caliper, billet aluminum rotor
adapter, and unique, patented, USP 6,988,598 B2, floating brake rotor (available in steel or carbon fiber). With
this design, run-out on the back of the wheel is not critical. Please note that your MW dragster spindles must be
sent to the factory for bracket installation or are available new with the mounting tabs installed.
73000
Spindle Mount Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1447.00
MW front spindles. This kit requires spindles be sent to factory for
bracket installation, part #31250
73100
Carbon Spindle Mount Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .3327.00
MW front spindles with carbon rotors and pads. This kit requires spindle bracket installation, part # 31250
73200
Strange Spindle Mount Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1576.00
Strange aluminum funny car spindles. With steel rotors.
73300
Lamb/JBRC Strut Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1340.00
Lamb or JBRC front struts with steel rotors.
60
73350
Santhuff Strut Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1340.00
Santhuff struts. With steel rotors.
73400
Carbon Kit Lamb/JBRC Strut Kit . . . . . . . .3327.00
Lamb or JBRC struts with carbon rotors and pads.
73450
Carbon Kit Santhuff Strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3327.00
Santhuff struts. With carbon rotors and pads.
73500
Carbon Kit Strange F/C Spindle . . . . . . . . .3450.00
Strange Adjustable F/C Spindles with carbon rotors and pads
31250
Install Tabs On MW Spindle . . . . . . . . . . . . .135.00
Labor to install caliper mounting tabs on MW spindles
REAR DISC BRAKE KITS
71225
MW calipers are exceptionally strong, compact, with superior bridge
strength over similar products. The material used in MW calipers
is stronger than common 6061 aluminum billet calipers. All
MW calipers use four 7/16" diameter body fasteners plus a
5/16" diameter bridge bolt in an effort to maximize the calipers
rigidity. MW calipers utilize a 3/8” hex bleeder screws in each
end, no right and left hand calipers. Internal fluid passages
eliminating external damage prone lines.
81100
Caliper mounts are billet 7075-T6 aluminum, Adapter rotor "hats" are
proprietary alloy aluminum, triple drilled with 4-1/2”, 4-3/4 and 5” X 5
holes drilled to accept 5/8" (11/16” shoulder) drive studs. The brake
rotors are abrasive resistant steel that is double disc ground to be flat and
parallel. All the required mounting hardware and MW calipers with
linings are included. The Slot Drive™ rotor attachment system is a
major improvement for prolonging brake rotor life. Disc cupping is
eliminated with this exclusive attachment method.
Slot-Drive™ System
FORD BRAKE KITS
71525
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1139.00
Large Ford housing ends with 1/2” bolts.
71550
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1139.00
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1139.00
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1113.00
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1150.00
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075.00
71950
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1160.00
71150
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1095.00
Olds-Pontiac housing ends.
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1132.00
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075.00
71650
MOPAR KITS
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1160.00
Mopar housing ends. Caliper mounts require modifications when
using MW 53189 ends.
SYMMETRICAL END KITS
71280
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1095.00
Heavy Duty Symmetrical housing ends, with 3.347” OD bearing.
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1095.00
71290
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1203.00
For 15” bead-lock wheels. Fits MW 58580 housing ends.
MW 58580 Symmetrical housing ends, 3.150 bearing.
71230
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1124.00
OLDS/PONTIAC KITS
MW 58580 Symmetrical housing ends, 3.150 bearing.
71250
71925
Stock housing ends with MW “C” clip eliminator kit.
Mopar housing ends. Caliper mounts require modifications when
using MW 53189 ends.
71225
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1139.00
Stock housing ends with MW “C” clip eliminator kit.
Olds-Pontiac housing ends.
71625
71350
CHEVROLET KITS
GM mid-size MW 58600 housing ends.
71125
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1139.00
New Style Ford Ends with 3/8” bolts.
GM mid-size MW 58600 housing ends.
71750
71325
New Style Ford Ends with 3/8” bolts.
Small Ford housing ends with 3/8” bolts.
71725
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .1139.00
Small Ford housing ends with 3/8” bolts.
Large Ford housing ends with 1/2” bolts.
71825
71850
4 CALIPER BRAKE KITS
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1095.00
Heavy Duty Symmetrical housing ends, with 3.347” OD bearing.
71260
Solid Steel Disc Brake Kit, 4 Caliper . . . . .1475.00
MW 58580 Symmetrical housing ends. Four calipers.
71270
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit, 4 Caliper . . . .1495.00
MW 58580 Symmetrical housing ends. Four calipers.
71275
Drilled Steel Disc Brake Kit, 4 Caliper . . . .1623.00
MW 58580 Symmetrical housing ends. Four calipers. for 15” Beadlock
wheel applications.
71270
toll free
Some kits are available with a dual caliper configuration. Those configurations are
designed to give extra holding power at the starting line. For information on brake
performance, master cylinder size requirements with pedal rations calculations go
to:www.markwilliams.com click on Technical/Brake Tech
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 61
CARBON/CARBON BRAKES
MW Carbon/Carbon brakes offer the advantage of an extremely light-weight rotor with superior stopping
ability. When compared to a standard kit with drilled steel rotors, a Carbon/Carbon brake kit can save
you as much as 10 lbs of rotating weight. Carbon/Carbon brakes are unique because both the disc and
friction pad are made of the same material, and do not suffer brake fade at elevated operating
temperatures. The square drive lug system allows for the expansion of the aluminum
mounting hat without applying pressure to the rotor. MW brakes are produced from
2D PAN knit Carbon/Carbon that is superior to the random chopped fiber material used
by others. MW Carbon/Carbon kits include MW race proven 4 piston calipers with
hard Teflon-Anodized pistons, carbon brake pads with titanium heat shields, billet
aluminum mounting brackets, and all the required fasteners.
Brake Technology has changed dramatically over the past few years and Mark Williams
Enterprises is in the forefront.
81200
Carbon/Carbon Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3725.00
Fits MW 58580 or Lamb symmetrical type housing ends. 4-1/2”, 4-3/4” and
5” bolt circle. Saves 12 lbs. over standard brake kit.
81280 Carbon/Carbon Brake Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3725.00
Fits Heavy Duty ends with 3.346 O.D. bearing 58595, 58598 and 58599
ends.
BRAKE SYSTEM TECH
ALL MARK WILLIAMS 71000 SERIES SINGLE CALIPER REAR
BRAKE KITS (SEE PAGE 60) CAN BE PURCHASED AS
CARBON/CARBON FOR AN ADDITIONAL $2650.00
CALIPER ALIGNMENT, CLEARANCE &
POSITION
PEDAL RATIO &
MASTER CYLINDER
BRAKE LINES &
FLUID
Axle stand out controls the alignment of the
brake system and as a result is very critical.
To check stand out first verify that the
housing ends are perfectly aligned. Install
axles and check axle standout (face of axle
flange to face of housing end) as accurately as
possible. See the chart below for stand out
dimensions for MW brake kits. Stand out
should be + .015 of the dimension listed.
Shims are available to correct the alignment.
71009 shim goes between the axle flange and
brake hat that will move the disc outward
.015”. 71018 shim goes between the caliper
and mount and will move the caliper inboard
.015”. Misalignment can cause caliper mount
deflection, and is one of the causes of a
“spongy” pedal. Install wheels to make sure
caliper to wheel clearance is adequate on the
diameter and face of the wheel. To bleed, the
calipers they must be positioned at 3:00 or
9:00 o’clock. This allows the bleeder to be at
the highest point of the piston cavity, ensuring
that all air is removed from system.
The master cylinder bore
size influences the
obtainable brake line
pressure. Recommended
master cylinder size when
using two typical 4-piston
calipers only in the rear is a
single outlet, 7/8” bore
master cylinder. If single
piston front brakes are used
in conjunction with two 4piston calipers in the rear a
dual outlet, tandem 1” bore
master cylinder is
recommended. When using
4-piston calipers front and
rear a dual outlet, 1-1/32”
bore master cylinder is
recommended. Mounting
the master cylinder to a
frame rail or roll bar is
recommended to ensure a
solid mount. With the correct
master cylinder in place the
pedal ratio must be great
enough to produce 1200-psi
system pressure under severe
braking conditions. A pedal
ratio verses line pressure
calculator is available on the
Mark Williams website,
www.markwilliams.com.
We recommend using a
pressure gauge connected to
the system to verify the
maximum available pressure
before running the car. If the
desired pressure cannot be
easily attained the pedal ratio
must be increased until the
minimum pressure of 1000
psi is easily reached.
Aircraft AN-3 brake
lines and fittings are
recommended. Only
stainless steel
braided teflon hose,
stainless or seamless
steel tubing (3/16” x
.028”) should be
used for brake lines.
Lines should be
secured to chassis
rails to resist
vibration and routed
in such a way to
avoid possible
contact with wheels,
tires and other
moving parts.
Joining hard line
and braided line or
“T”s should be done
using a bulkhead
fitting and a small
tab welded to the
chassis. Long runs
should be done with
hard tubing to avoid
expansion of flexible
line. The amount of
flexible braided hose
in the system should
be kept to a
minimum. See page
64 for AN -3 fittings
and brake line. Use
of DOT 4 or 5.1fluid
with a high boiling
point and lubrication
for seals and pistons
is recommended. Do
not use (DOT5)
silicone fluids.
Axle Standout
Housing
End
Symmetrical ends
Olds ends
Large Ford ends
Small Ford ends
GM 10-12 Bolt ends
Mopar ends
62
2.834”
2.834”
2.500”
2.500”
2.812”
2.500”
TROUBLE SHOOTING
Spongy Pedal Poor Stopping:
A) Air in system. Bleed brakes,
making sure that the bleed valve is
the highest point.
B) Disc warped (saucer shaped).
Replace.
C) Calipers not square with disc.
Check housing end alignment, both
concentricity and squareness.
D) Linings worn on taper. Make
sure that caliper is centered over
the rotor and the caliper bracket is
not deflecting.
E) Master cylinder bore too small.
Match master cylinder to the
system.Check the line pressure.
F) Master cylinder deflection.
Stiffen master cylinder mounts
G) Pedal ratio wrong, low or high
pressure
Brakes are locked up after run:
The piston in the master cylinder is
not being allowed to return to the
start location. The pressure relief
hole is exposed to zero the line
pressure. Re-adjust the linkage so
that the piston completely returns.
Make sure there is a positive stop
on the pedal or lever. Do not rely
on the retaining ring in the master
cylinder for the pedal stop.
Excessive pad wear, disc shows
excess heat:
A) System pressure is too low
causing a longer pressure applied
time to stop. Pressure needs to be
high enough to allow wheel lock at
any time. Check the ability of the
system to generate 1200 PSI.
B) Pistons sticking in caliper, clean
and overhaul calipers. Annual
maintenance is required.
BRAKE KIT COMPONENTS
All of the components that make up Mark Williams brake kits are available individually. The main components are listed below and on
the following page. If there is a part that is not shown please call and a MW tech will help you find the parts.
2 & 4 PISTON CALIPERS
MW calipers are all manufactured in house and are cast from the
same alloy as the MW 9” Ford cases that has a higher tensile
strength than 6061 used in most billet calipers on the market.
Pistons are machined from billet aluminum and are Teflon-Hard
coat anodized.
81100
MW Quick Change Caliper (ea) . . . . . . . .190.00
For 5/16” to 3/8” thick rotor, no linings.
83100
82100
MW Single Piston Caliper (ea) . . . . . . . . .159.00
For 5/16” to 3/8” thick rotor, no linings.
81100PR MW Quick Change Calipers (pr) . . . . . . . .452.00
For 5/16” to 3/8” thick rotor, with non-asbestos 81130 linings.
82100
81100
83100
83100PR MW Single Piston Calipers (pr) . . . . . . . . .395.00
For 5/16” to 3/8” thick rotor, with linings.
MW Quick Change Caliper (ea) . . . . . . . . . .205.00
For .812” thick vented rotor, no lining.
82100PR MW Quick Change Calipers (pr) . . . . . . . .482.00
71018
71009
For .812” thick vented rotor, with non-asbestos 81130 linings.
0.015” Caliper Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.60
To move caliper out for fine adjustments. Goes between caliper and
mounting bracket. (Shown Below).
Shim, Brake Hat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.00
Brake adapter to axle flange. (Shown Below).
BRAKE HATS & ROTORS
MW brake hats are CNC
machined in house from
a special aircraft alloy.
All hats clear a 3.062”
register and are
machined to accept MW
5/8” drive studs. Hats
locate on a 6.248” maximum
81001
71022
axle flange diameter.
71022 Brake Disc Hat (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130.00
For 70000 series brakes. With 4 1/2”, 4 3/4” and 5” patterns.
81001
Carbon Brake Disc Hat (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . .190.00
71018
71009
73311
71010
81004
71030
71010
71002
For 80000 series outboard mount disc brake.
71002
Cast Iron Brake Rotor (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
.810” vented for 72000 series brake kit.
71010
Steel Brake Rotor Slot-Drive (ea) . . . . . . . .165.00
With lightening holes for 71000 series kit.
71030
Steel Brake Rotor Slot-Drive (ea) . . . . . . . .165.00
With cleaning grooves for 71000 series kit.
71009
0.015” Rotor Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.00
To move disc out for fine adjustments. 4-3/4” & 4-1/2” x 5 patterns
71034
Front Brake Slot Drive Hardware Kit . . . . . . .67.50
Slot drive drivers and fasteners (recommended with new rotors)
71035
Rear Brake Slot Drive Hardware Kit . . . . . .108.00
Slot drive drivers and fasteners (recommended with new rotors)
73311
Steel Floating Brake Rotor (ea) . . . . . . . . . .175.00
For 73000 (.325 thick) series kit.
73104
Carbon Floating Brake Rotor (ea) . . . . . . . .992.00
For 73100 & 73400 brake kits. (Not shown)
75009
Steel Brake Front Rotor Slot-Drive(ea) . . . .130.00
With cleaning grooves. For 75000 series kit with slot drive attachment.
81034
Carbon Brake Rotor (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1176.00
For 81000 series brake kit , 95400 & 95555 floater kits, .437 thick.
BRAKE LININGS
73109
81136
Carbon/Carbon Lining (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211.58
For MW 73002 floating front caliper. (Not shown)
81030
Carbon/Carbon Lining (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176.00
Includes Titanium steel backing plate, MW carbon brake system
81130
83120
9-707-625
9-707-150
81022
81135
9-707-150 Lining, Lamb Strut, Pre ‘85 (4 ea) . . . . . . .82.50
9-707-625 Lining, Lamb Strut Post ‘85 (4 ea) . . . . . . .82.50
73004 Lining, MW Front Caliper (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . .22.00
For MW 2 piston billet front caliper in spindle mount kits.
toll free
800-525-1963
81130
Ferodo Hi-Friction Lining (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . .18.00
For MW 81100,81200 caliper, Ferodo non-asbestos high friction this
in the normal lining shipped with brake kits.
81136
Bushing for 81130 Linings, (ea) . . . . . . . . . . .10.00
Use with 81135 lining in JFZ or Wilwood calipers.
83120
Lining, 2 Piston Front Caliper (ea) . . . . . . . . .19.58
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 63
BRAKE SYSTEM COMPONENTS
B3360
81105
Recommended Checking pressure settings at the wheel. Invaluable
troubleshooting aid
9-1841A
81105
1 1/32” Dual Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . .171.70
Caliper Pressure Test Gauge . . . . . . . . . . .80.00
9-888
Residual Pressure Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52.50
2 lb. Lamb for use with M-W, JFZ or Wilwood calipers
9-1841B
74-875U
B3360
Whatever your application MW has the
correct master cylinder for the job. We
9-888
stock single outlet cylinders for 2 caliper
systems as well as the popular tandem, dual outlet
master cylinders for 4 wheel braking systems.
260-8419
B3359
1 1/8” Dual Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . .171.70
6446
9400
75099
75002
81101
811EX
81102
81104
81103
Bleed Screw, 1/4” Thread (ea) . . . . . . . . . . .1.25
Bleed Screw, 3/8” Thread (ea) . . . . . . . . . . .1.62
Dust Cap Socket (ea) (Front Brake) . . . . . .59.64
Front Hub Dust Cap (ea) (Front Brake) . . .46.00
MW Caliper Half, Inboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90.00
Rebuilt MW Caliper (Exchange) . . . . . . . .134.72
MW Caliper Half, Outboard . . . . . . . . . . . . .90.00
MW Caliper Bridge Bushing (ea) . . . . . . . . .4.00
Piston, For MW Caliper (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . .13.00
74-750U 3/4” Tilton Master Cylinder Kit . . . . . . . . .147.88
Accepts side or flange mounting with remote or fixed reservoir and -3
outlet fitting.
74-875U
74-100U
9-1841A
9-1841B
260-8419
7/8” Tilton Master Cylinder Kit . . . . . . . . .147.88
1” Tilton Master Cylinder Kit . . . . . . . . . . .147.88
Lamb 9/16” Banjo Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44.00
Lamb 1/2” Banjo Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44.00
Brake proportioning valve, knob adj. . . . . .62.50
CALIPER & MASTER CYLINDER PARTS
BRAKE LINES
1100
1110
1120
2511
FITTINGS
AND
2083
2610
2921
2949
2048
81102
81103
81101
75099
81170
83101
83102
1208811
2050
2769
2808
2060
2187
3750
3669
0187X028 -3 Stainless Tubing (ft) . . . . . . . .10.90
3/16” X .028” tube, for the long brake line runs
0300
-3 Stainless Hose (ft) . . . . . . . .4.75
3/16” TFE brake line hose per foot
3554
2610
FM10324-03 10100-03
10324-03
83101
1208811
75002 81104 9402
O-Ring Kit for One MW Caliper . . . . . . . . . .8.50
MW Caliper Half, Inboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62.00
MW Caliper Half, Outboard . . . . . . . . . . . . .62.00
Overhaul Kit-3/4” Airheart Cylinder . . . . . . .46.80
3556
0300
2815
83102
Correctly plumbing your brake system is very
important to brake performance. Quality
components are the first step in doing it right. AN-3
is the recommended size for a brake system and
MW stocks everything you will need. (Note flares must
be 37o)
0187X028
-3 90 Degree Adapter . . . . . . . .6.45
3/16” hose to 1/8” pipe 90 elbow
2769
-3 Bulkhead Straight . . . . . . . . .4.50
2808
-3 Bulkhead Tee . . . . . . . . . . .15.50
2815
-3 Bulkhead Tee . . . . . . . . . . .12.95
SWEDGED BRAKE LINES
-1 end
-2 end
1100
-3 Straight Hose End . . . . . . . .9.90
1110
-3 45 Degree Hose End . . . . .12.75
1120
-3 90 Degree Hose End . . . . .18.70
2921
-3 Bolt For Banjo . . . . . . . . . . . .4.05
2048
-4 to -3 Straight Union . . . . . . .3.75
2949
-3 Banjo Brake Adapter . . . . . .7.50
2050
-3 Straight Union . . . . . . . . . . .2.75
3554
-3 Tube Flair Nut, (6) . . . . . . . . .4.95
Order Line with (dash) end fitting for each
end. Base line is 12” long add $4.75 for each
additional foot length.
2060
-3 Union Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.55
3556
-3 Bulkhead Nut, (2) . . . . . . . . .3.25
FBM2945 -3 to Fe. 10mm Concave . . . .14.00
2083
1/8” Pipe Nipple . . . . . . . . . . . .2.53
3642
-3 Banjo Gasket, (2) . . . . . . . . .3.95
FM10324-03 Invert. Flare Adapter . . . . . .8.25
2187
-3 Tee Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.50
3669
-3 Tube Sleeve, (6) . . . . . . . . . .4.45
0300-1-1 Straight X Straight . . . . . . . . . .26.50
3750
Line Clamp-Hose 3/16 (6) . . . .5.30
0300-1-2 Straight X 45° . . . . . . . . . . . . .29.00
3755
Line Clamp-Tubing 1/4 (6) . . . . . .5.75
0300-1-3 Straight X 90° . . . . . . . . . . . . .32.00
10324-03 Inverted Flare Adapter . . . . . . . . .6.25
0300-2-2 45° X 45° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34.50
3/16” tee with 1/8” pipe on the side
2511
-3 Straight Adapter . . . . . . . . . .2.25
3/16” hose end to 1/8” pipe (caliper fitting)
2513
-4 Straight Adapter . . . . . . . . . .1.40
-4 JIC to 1/4” NPT
Bulkhead on the run.
AN -3 to 3/16” inverted flare. For OEM lines.
10100-03 Inverted Flare Adapter . . . . . . . . .7.50
AN -3 to 10mm inverted flare. For OEM lines.
64
-3 end
0300-x-x Line
0300-2-3 45° X 90° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34.50
0300-3-3 90° X 90° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38.00
DRIVESHAFT ASSEMBLIES
Many of the nation's leading drag racers rely on Mark Williams’s driveshafts and for good reason. MW has been
building race-winning driveshafts for over 40 years and offers a driveshaft for nearly every application. From the
4130 chromoly shafts capable of handling Pro Mod/Nitro Coupe power to the lightweight 7075 aluminum shafts for
Pro Stock, Comp, Super Stock or any application where rotating weight is a concern. All work, from fabrication to
balancing, is done in-house at MW's plant and you can be assured of unmatched quality and prompt delivery. Most
MW Driveshafts meet the SFI 43.1 specifications.
When placing an order for Mark Williams driveshaft assemblies please refer to the diagram below for the required
dimensions. The "E" dimension is the preferred measurement but remember your 1350 or 1480 series pinion yoke
must be in place when measuring, (our pinion yoke might not the same length as stock yokes). If ordering by the "C"
dimension, the MW transmission yoke should be used. Our trans yoke lengths may not be the same as a stock yoke.
The “E” dimension can be used but make sure you have the pinion yoke you will utilize.
F
E
G
D
C
A
A
End of trans yoke to end of pinion yoke.
B
End of pinion yoke to U joint center.
C
U joint center to U joint center.
D
End of trans yoke to U joint center.
E
Trans seal to U joint center.
F
Trans seal to pinion seal.
G
Trans seal to end of output shaft.
B
CHROMOLY & MILD STEEL
When it comes to a bulletproof driveline the Mark Williams chromoly driveshaft is the strongest.
A chromoly shaft is 75% stronger than commonly used 1020 DOM material. To ensure the
39850 Chromoly
quality of the material, the 4130 condition HT tubing used is manufactured by domestic
Driveshaft
mills to meet the MIL-6736-B-HT-125 specification. The perfect companion to MW's
Steel Shafts
chromoly tubing is the MW produced, 4130 forged weld yokes used in each assembly.
For many applications
These weld yokes are produced in-house to exacting tolerances to provide the proper
shaft weight is not a facpress fit in the chromoly tube. MW weld yokes and chromoly tubing are
tor. For most bracket cars
assembled using a specially built alignment/assembly fixture, then carefully
consistency is the goal so the
joined using an automated cold wire TIG process. Precision 1350 or 1480
performance advantage of lighter
series U-joints are then installed along with the forged, 100% machined
materials is usually not important.
4340 heat-treated transmission yoke. Each assembly is High-Speed
electronically spin balanced at a RPM that represents operating speed,
to G30 industry tolerances.
The finished product is a driveline capable of handling today's most
powerful vehicles. (Prices are less transmission yoke.) All 4130
Chromoly driveshafts meets and exceeds the SFI Spec 43.1.
39650
Mild Steel Driveshaft Assembly . . . . . . . . .390.00
3-1/2” O.D. x .065 DOM mild steel shaft, Spicer weld yokes and lube
for life 1350 series U-joints.
39640
Mild Steel Driveshaft Assembly . . . . . . . . .405.00
4” O.D. x .083 DOM mild steel shaft, Spicer weld yokes and lubed for
life 1350 series U-joints.
39800
3” Chromoly Driveshaft Assembly . . . . . . . .429.00
3” O.D. x .083 4130 chromoly shaft. MW 4130 forged steel weld
yokes and lubed for life 1350 series U-joints. SFI 43.1
toll free
800-525-1963
39850
3-1/2” Chromoly Driveshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498.00
3-1/2” O.D.. x .083 4130 chromoly shaft. MW 4130 forged steel weld
yokes and lubed for life 1350 series U-joints. SFI 43.1
39880
3-1/2” Chromoly Driveshaft 1480 Joint . . . . .555.00
3-1/2” .083” wall 4130 HT Tube, Precision U-Joints for high Powered
applications. SFI 43.1.
Caution: Steel with the smaller diameters has the lowest critical speed
properties. For long shafts it is necessary to use a large diameter for high
RPM requirements. Check the speed chart page 69 before ordering
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 65
ALUMINUM ACCU-BOND™ DRIVESHAFTS
399550 7075
Aluminum
Driveshaft
39555
Mark Williams Accu-Bond™ aluminum driveshafts are custom built with the super tough 7075 or 6061 aluminum
tubing and fitted with special MW forged or Billet 7075-T6 end yokes. The end yokes are mated to the tubing using
our patented, (USPS 7,485,045 B2) Accu-Bond™ bonding process. This allows the end fittings to be produced
from high-grade 7075 aluminum, increasing the strength (the normal weak link of any aluminum driveshaft). In
addition, the use of aluminum allows a 50% weight reduction compared to a steel shaft.
All shafts are high-speed balanced to G30 specifications in relation to the actual operating speeds on MW's
high-speed balancer. Balance weights are attached with our unique system of bolt-on balance weights.
Accu-Bond™ shafts are available in both 3 1/2" and 4" diameters. The 4" diameter should be used for
longer shafts to avoid critical speed limitations (the rpm at which the shaft wants to "jump rope") .
The combination of the larger diameter and high strength of 7075 materials allow for a thinner
wall thickness, resulting in a very light assembly. The 7075 shaft is ideal for applications where
weight and critical speed are an issue. The 6061 Accu-Bond™ driveshaft is an economical
alternative to the 7075-bonded shaft. This shaft has slightly lower operating speeds and
ultimate strength compared to the 7075 shaft, but is adequate for most high-powered
applications. Prices are less transmission yoke, which is required for proper balancing. All
Accu-Bond 7075 and 6061 driveshafts are SFI 43.1 certified.
Accu-Bond™ 7075 Driveshaft . . . . . . . . . . .870.00
3-1/2” O.D. x .110” 7075 aluminum, MW forged 7075-T6 end yokes and
cold forged precision 1350 series U-joints. Meets SFI 43.1
39985
Accu-Bond™ 6061 Driveshaft . . . . . . . . . . .742.00
3-1/2” O.D. x .125” 6061-T6 aluminum tube, MW forged 7075-T6 end
yokes and cold forged precision 1350 series U-joints. Meets SFI 43.1
39550
39990
39100 Carbon
Fiber Driveshaft
Accu-Bond™ 6061 Driveshaft . . . . . . . . . . .788.00
4” O.D. x .125” 6061-T6 aluminum tube, MW forged 7075-T6 end yokes
and cold forged precision 1350 series U-joints. Meets SFI 43.1
39890
CARBON FIBER DRIVESHAFTS
Accu-Bond™ 7075 Driveshaft . . . . . . . . . . .890.00
4” O.D. x .100” 7075 aluminum tube, MW forged 7075-T6 end yokes
and cold forged precision 1350 series U-joints. Meets SFI 43.1
Accu-Bond™ 7075, 1480 joint Driveshaft .1200.00
4” O.D. x .100” 7075 aluminum tube, billet 7075-T6 end yokes and cold
forged precision 1480 series U-joints. Meets SFI 43.1
In keeping with the advances in driveline technology, Mark Williams Enterprises offers a carbon fiber
driveshaft assembly. The special Mark Williams aluminum end yokes are manufactured to extremely
tight tolerances for a precise fit into to the carbon fiber tube. The end yokes are then installed in the
carbon fiber tube using a proprietary, patented bonding system. A custom built assembly fixture
ensures perfect alignment or "phasing" of the end yokes during this process. MW's precision
1350 series U-joints, are installed along with the transmission yoke and the assembly is
electronically balanced using the race proven bolt-on weight system. The stiffness of the
carbon fiber material allows for higher critical speeds thus making it ideal for longer
applications such as Pro Stock Trucks etc. Price is less transmission yoke. MW
carbon fiber driveshafts are SFI 43.1 certified when using a MW Yoke.
Carbon Fiber
Shafts
1) Higher critical speed rating over aluminum shafts
2) Can be used for extremely long shafts at high RPM.
3) Best power to shaft weight rating.
Our torsion testing ability is
unparalleled in the industry.
We are involved in special
design and manufacturing
processes for all types of
driveline applications. Our in
house torsion testing machine
allows testing of all types of
maximum torsion and cycle
load tests.
Each Accu-Bonded™ shaft is
Carbon Fiber Driveshaft . . . . . . . . . .1079.00 load and cycle tested to assure
performance quality before
3.75” O.D. Carbon Fiber shaft, MW 7075-T6 forged aluminum
shipping. A certificate of test
end yokes and cold forged precision 1350 series U-joints.
accompanies each shaft. As a
meets SFI 43.1.
support service we will perform
proof testing for any MW
produced driveshaft free of charge.
39100
66
DRIVESHAFT TESTING
1480 ALUMINUM & CHROMOLY DRIVESHAFTS
1480 series Drive Shafts, Transmission and Rear Yokes is
the next step up for Pro-Mod and other High Powered
combinations. The oversize joints create a driveshaft that
is up to 40% stronger than 1350 series joints. The 1480
series shafts are available in 3-1/2” Chromoly and 4.0”
7075 Aluminum Accu-Bond™ shafts.
39880
3-1/2” 1480
driveshaft shown with
39070 trans yoke
Pair either driveshaft with our 1480 series transmission
yoke and pinion yokes for the ultimate in precision and
strength. Steel pinion yokes are available for 9” Ford 35
spline pinion, GM 14 Bolt rears, and MW 11”40 spline
pinion. Also we have Aluminum 7075 Pinion yokes
for 9”, 9-1/2”,10” Ford 35 spline and MW 11”40 spline
pinion. Mating U-bolt kits are required for the pinion
yokes. Transmission yokes currently available are 16, 32 and
35-spline Lenco/B&J, 32-spline Liberty roller-bearing yokes,
32-spline Turbo 400, and 40 spline. Drive Shafts are priced less
transmission yoke.
39890
4” 7075 aluminum 1480
driveshaft shown with
39076 trans yoke
MW has raised the bar again for quality and strength in driveline
products.
39880
3-1/2 1480 Chromoly Driveshaft . . . . . . . . . .555.00
3.5” x 0.083” wall chromoly tubing. With cold forged precision 1480
universal joints and balancing,(Trans yoke sold separate). Meets SFI
43.1
39890
7075 Driveshaft
1200.00
Accu-Bond™ 4” O.D. x .100” 7075 aluminum tube, MW billet 7075-T6
end yokes and cold forged precision 1480 series U-joints.
(Trans yoke sold separate) Meets SFI 43.1
1480 SERIES TRANSMISSION YOKES
Mark Williams Heavy Duty 1480 series transmission yokes are 100%
machined from hot-forged chromoly. The Heat-treat hardness is compatible for use in roller bearing tail housing transmissions. Shot
Peening after heat-treating gives a added fracture resistant durability.
Similar to our 1350 series yokes, they feature the same Patented
Reduced Mass™ profile with the larger 1480 U-joint that is 40%
stronger than standard 1350 U-joints. These yokes are designed for
high power applications where strength is more important than the
assembly’s weight. Matching pinion yokes are available for popular
differential applications.
39070
MW 1480 Series Transmission yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356.00
16-spline, Lenco and G-Force, 1480 joint, D=4.50”
39071
MW 1480 Series Transmission yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356.00
32-spline, Lenco , 1480 joint, D=4.50”
39074
MW 1480 Series Transmission yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356.00
32-spline, Liberty, Jerico 1480 joint, D=6.15”
39076
MW 1480 Series Transmission yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356.00
32-spline, Turbo 400, 1480 joint, D=6.15”
39079
MW 1480 Series Transmission yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356.00
35-spline, Lenco, 1480 joint, D=4.25”
39078
39076
Turbo 400
MW 1480 Series Transmission yoke 40 spline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421.00
40 spline Lenco MW std spline 2.375” barrel, 1480 joint, D=5.50”
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 67
TRANSMISSION YOKES
MW heavy-duty transmission yokes have been designed to
incorporate Spicer 1350 series U-joints and are forged from heat
treated 4340 steel. All yokes are 100% machined in house on MW's
state-of-the-art CNC machines. Special fixtures are used to
guarantee that all machining is done in relationship to the spline pitch
diameter. This assures concentricity and produces a yoke that is
symmetrical and balanced for smooth operation. The yokes are then re-heat
treated to over 200k PSI and U-joint cup bores are honed to exact limits and the
bushing/seal surface is ground with special fixtures assuring concentricity with the
spline pitch diameter.
Like all MW product's they are laser engraved with part numbers and batch numbers that
allow complete trace-ability. A new end of spline sealing feature features a o-ring seal with a
tapered retaining ring that forces a aluminum plug against the seal. This improved method has
proven to eliminate fluid seepage.
39002
MW Chrysler Transmission Yoke . . . . . . . . .204.00
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Mopar, Doug Nash and Liberty
trans. “D” = 6-1/8”
1.680” Dia.
39004
MW Turbo 400 Transmission Yoke . . . . . . . .204.00
32 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Turbo 400 and Super T-10 trans.
“D” = 5-3/4”
1.886” Dia
39005
MW Powerglide Transmission Yoke . . . . . . .204.00
27 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Powerglide and Turbo 350 trans.
“D” = 5-13/16”
1.5035” Dia
39013
MW Lenco Transmission Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .204.00
32 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Lenco trans. “D” = 4”
39015
MW Lenco Transmission Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .204.00
16 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Lenco trans. “D” = 4”
39020
MW First
O-Ring Plug Seal
MW C-6 Ford Transmission Yoke . . . . . . . .204.00
31 spline, for 1350 U joint. C-6 & Toploader trans. “D” = 6-1/8”
39021
1.6845” Dia
MW Lenco Transmission Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .204.00
35 spline, for 1350 series U joint. Lenco trans. “D” = 4”
39022
MW Ford C-4 Transmission Yoke . . . . . . . . .204.00
28 spline, for 1350 series U joint. C-4 trans. “D” = 5-13/16”
1.4990” Dia
39031 MW 904 Torqueflight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204.00
26 Spline, for 1350 Series U joint, 904 Torqueflight, “D=6-1/8””
39040
1.559” Dia
MW G-Force Transmission Slip Yoke . . . . .204.00
16 spline, for 1350 series U joint. G-Force trans. “D” = 3 1/2”
39060
MW G-Force Transmission Slip Yoke . . . . .204.00
32 spline, for 1350 series U joint. G-Force trans. “D” = 3 1/2”
ROLLER BEARING TAIL-HOUSING YOKES
These MW yokes have the additional heat-treating and special
outside diameter, to be compatible with the needle bearing tail
housings used by many of the transmissions manufacturers.
These are compatible for use with Jerico, Dedenbear, Liberty
and several NASCAR transmission manufacturers.
39032
Please note that there is a difference in diameters between a
needle bearing tail housing, and a bushed tail housing, for
same brand transmissions.
39035
39157
Hardened Mopar-LIberty Slip Yoke . . . . . . .219.00
30 spline. Liberty trans. 1.750” diameter “D” = 6-1/8”
39034
Hardened 32 Spline Slip Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .219.00
32 spline. Jerico and G Force trans. 1.885” diameter “D” = 6-1/8”
Hardened Powerglide Slip Yoke . . . . . . . . . .219.00
27 spline. Powerglide with needle bearing Tail-Housing. “D”=
5-13/16”
39057
Hardened 32 Spline Slip Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .219.00
32 Spline, Jerico roller bearing 1.888” Diameter. “D” = 6-1/8”
39112
39067
Hardened 32 Spline Slip Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .219.00
32 Spline, roller bearing 1.888” Diameter. “D” = 6-7/16” Major
Diameter spline fit one spline omitted for Jerico needle bearing tailhousing.
39068
Hardened 32 Spline Slip Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .219.00
32 Spline, roller bearing 1.888” Diameter. “D” = 6-7/16”
Two splines omitted , side fit splines 1.888” barrel Diameter
39069
39068
Quick release yoke for Liberty, Jerico and other transmission utilizing
a 32 spline out put with roller bearing tail housing with a 1.888”
diameter bearing. This yoke utilizes the 2nd Gen™ U-Bolt that is
included with the yoke.
68
Hardened 32 Spline Slip Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .219.00
32 Spline, roller bearing 1.888” Diameter. “D” = 6-7/16” Major
Diameter spline fit Two splines omitted for needle bearing tail-housing.
39157
Quick Release 32 Spline Roller Bearing . . .346.00
32 spline. with 1.888“ D” = 6-7/16 with U-Bolts
39112
Replacement Steel Caps, Gen II, stud(pr) . .84.50
“RAPID RELEASE” YOKES
The MW Rapid Release yokes can be a real time saver during those
quick transmission changes. They allow the driveshaft to be disconnected at the transmission rather than at the pinion, plus the cap
design prevents over tightening and possible damage to the U joint
cups. These yokes accept the 1350 series Spicer U joint and are the
lightest and most compact units of this type on the market. Each yoke
comes with caps and fasteners. Care must be exercised not to mix Ujoint caps and maintain indexing after shaft is balanced. MW built
driveshafts with these yokes have identifying index marks.
39102
Mopar Rapid Release Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . .338.00
30 spline. Mopar, Doug Nash and Liberty trans. “D”=6-1/8”
39104
Turbo 400 Rapid Release Yoke . . . . . . . . . .332.00
Powerglide Rapid Release Yoke . . . . . . . . . .332.00
Lenco Rapid Release Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . .332.00
32 spline. Lenco trans. “D”=4”
39110
Rapid Release Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332.00
39120
Ford Rapid Release Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332.00
31 spline. C-6 and Toploader trans. “D”=6-1/8”
27 spline. Powerglide and Turbo 350 trans. “D”=5-13/16”
39113
39115
16 spline. Lenco trans. “D”=4”
32 spline. Turbo 400 and Super T-10 trans. “D”=5-3/4”
39105
39105
39115
39135
Dedenbear PG Rapid Release Yoke . . . . . .332.00
27 spline. Powerglide trans. with Dedenbear Tail-Housing “D”=513/16”
39157
Quick Release 32 Spline Roller Bearing . . .346.00
32 spline. with 1.888“ D” = 6-7/16”
39112
39110
39112
Replacement Steel Caps, Bolt on(pr) . . . . . .60.00
Replacement Steel Caps, Gen II, stud(pr) . .84.50
PINION YOKES
MW steel pinion yokes are CNC
machined from heat treated 4340
steel forgings and they accept the
Spicer 1350 series U-joint.
39011
Special tooling ensures that every
yoke is machined concentric to the
pinion spline for smooth operation. Yokes
have provision for computer pick up rings
available separately. Every MW pinion yoke
can use conventional Spicer 3/8" diameter Ubolts, or the new 2nd Gen™ alloy steel kit to retain the U-joint.
39008
39003
39023
MW 8.5” GM 10 Bolt Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .174.50
MW GM 12 Bolt Pinion Yoke (long) . . . . . . .179.50
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-7/8”
39038
39011
MW 9” Ford Pinion Yoke, 35 spline . . . . . . .175.00
35 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-7/8”
39014
MW Dana 60 Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178.50
29 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-1/32”
39016
MW 8-3/4” Mopar Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
10 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-1/2”
39018
MW ‘57-‘64 Olds/Pontiac Pinion Yoke . . . . .195.00
13 spline, for 1350 series joint. “B” = 3.160”
MW 8.8” Ford Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195.00
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-9/32”
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-3/16”
39006
MW 9” Ford Pinion Yoke, 28 spline . . . . . . .165.00
28 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 3-7/8”. Note: 57604 shim
required if yoke is used with stock support.
MW GM 12 Bolt Pinion Yoke (short) . . . . . . .179.50
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B” = 2-7/8” Recommended yoke
39037
MW 11” Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234.80
40 Spline, for 1350 Series U-Joint “B”=3.830”
39025
MW 9” Pinion Yoke 1330 series Joint . . . . . .175.00
28 spline for MW support, 1330 Ford joint (3-5/8 X 1-1/8”) “B”=3-1/2”
BILLET ALUMINUM YOKES
39906
MW Aluminum 12 Bolt Pinion Yoke . . . . . . .295.00
30 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B”= 3 7/8”
39908
MW Aluminum 9” Ford Pinion Yoke . . . . . . .295.00
28 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B”= 3-7/8”
39911
MW Aluminum 9” Ford Pinion Yoke . . . . . . .295.00
35 spline, for 1350 series U joint. “B”= 3-7/8”
39936
Low Friction 9” Ford Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . .295.00
32 spline, for 1350 series U joint. B”= 3-7/8” This is the aluminum
yoke used with the 57022 series Thirdmembers and the MWE-XXX
9-1/2” Gear sets.
39972
9” Ford Pinion Yoke 1480 Joint . . . . . . . . . . .325.00
35 spline, for 1480 series U joint. B”= 3-7/8” for 9”,9-1/2”, Gear sets.
toll free
800-525-1963
1480 JOINT
1350 JOINT
All MW aluminum yokes are CNC machined from 7075-T6
billet materials and have the MW Gold Coat process. These
pinion yokes mate to the 39912 Gen II U-Bolt kits. Models are
available for 1350 and 1480 series universals joints.
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 69
1480 SERIES PINION YOKES
39073 w/
39075
Billet Caps.
MW Extra Heavy Duty pinion yokes are precision machined from 4140
Heat-Treated steel forgings. They feature a 1480 series U-joint that is
40% stronger than the standard 1350 U-Joints. Special fixtures ensure
that every yoke runs concentric to the splines. Shot Peened for surface
strength improvement. For extra strength, the 39075 Billet Steel Cap Kit
is required rather than replace standard straps.
39072
MW 1480 Series 9” Ford Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00
35 spline, for 1480 series U-Joints B=3-7/8”
39073
MW 1480 Series 11” Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304.00
40 spline, for 1480 series U-Joints B= 3-7/8”
39084
39972 w/
39075
Billet Caps.
MW 1480 Series 14 Bolt GM Pinion Yoke . . . . . . . . .399.00
NEW! 30 spline, for 1480 series U-Joints B= 3.7” early 14 Bolt GM Truck
39075
Cap Kit for 1480 Series Yokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118.00
Billet steel cap kit for 1480 series pinion yokes
39972
MW 1480 Series Aluminum 9” Ford Pinion Yoke . . . .325.00
35 spline, for 1480 series U-Joints B=3-7/8”
39973
MW 1480 Series Aluminum 11” Pinion Yoke . . . . . . .325.00
40 spline, for 1480 series U-Joints B= 3-7/8”
NASCAR YOKE & PULLEY
MW NASCAR yokes are machined from 4340 forgings and designed to
39024-1 9” NASCAR Pinion Yoke Long . . . . . . . . . . . . .196.00 use Spicer 1350 U-joint and straps or MW u-bolt kit. V-belt pulleys are
optional. These yokes are designed for Daytona type pinion supports or
9” Ford 28-spline. “B”=3-7/8”, Long Yoke with Threads.
39053-1 9” NASCAR Yoke Short . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320.00 MW’s 57690 nodular iron ball bearing support (yokes must be modified
9” Ford 28-spline. “B”=3-9/16” Nickel Plated.
39063
9” NASCAR Yoke, Short . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285.00
if used with any other MW support). Two new yokes accept a U-Bolt kit
with studs for added security.
9” Ford 28-spline. “B”=3-9/16” Nickel Plated. For billet caps.
39064
9” NASCAR Yoke, Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285.00
9” Ford 28-spline. “B”=3-7/8” For 39111 billet caps.
39924-1 9” Aluminum Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00
9” Ford 7075-T6 billet, 28-spline. “B”=3-7/8” with Threads.
39053-2 Pulley for NASCAR Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35.00
Fits the all above yokes
RETENTION U-BOLTS &STRAPS
39111
Billet U-Bolt Kit for NASCAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84.50
Billet caps with studs and 12 point nuts (pr).
39027
Bolt-Strap Retaining Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.50
39064 shown with
39111 billet caps
OE Spicer straps with Bolts (pr).
GEN III REAR DRIVE CONNECTION SYSTEM
With the demand for increased accuracy required for HighSpeed driveshaft operations it is necessary to control the shaft
run out. The rear universal area is problematic because of
several connection point clearances allowing none a
concentric operation. The Gen III Rear Drive System allows
you to control the operational run out.
Indicating surfaces on the differential companion flange
allows the run-out to be checked before the car hits the track.
The Gen III pinion companion flange can be indicated with or
without the drive shaft attached for an accuracy check. The
flange yoke is accurately centered to the companion flange
eliminating variances of conventional universal joint
attachments. Drive shaft run-out on the pinion end can be
corrected by changing retaining ring thicknesses in the rear
joint.
70
Indicating Diameter Points
39024 w/ 39027 strap kit and
optional pulley
Patents Pending
39956
39082
39082 9” Pinion Flange, Gen III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262.00
New! 9” Ford 28-spline. Steel, with studs and nuts.
39950 Companion Yoke, 1350 Joint (aluminum) . . . . . . . . . . .230.00
New! 4 bolt pattern, 7075-T6 billet, mates to 39082.
39956 Companion Yoke, 1350 Joint (steel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236.00
New! 4 bolt pattern, Heat-Treated Steel billet, mates to 39082..
COMPUTER PICKUP ASSEMBLY
The MW computer pickup assembly provides driveshaft rpm data from
the pinion. Compatible with most on board computer systems. CNC
machined and black anodized these collars will accept 1 to 4 magnets.
Magnets slip in from center, a plastic plug holds the magnet outward
(included with magnet). The 57642 collar has 1.875" I.D. while the 57645
collar has a 2.187" I.D. 57656 has a 2.375 I.D. Most MW yokes and couplers are designed to use one of these collars. Specify number of mag-
nets required. 1,2 or 4.
57645
57642
57641
57640
57641
57642
57643
57644
57645
57646
57656
Assembly Std Pinion (collar & bracket) . . . . .70.00
Bracket for 9” Ford Thirdmember . . . . . . . . . .15.00
Magnet Ring (std pinion) 1.875” I.D. . . . . . . .58.00
Magnet (1/4” dia. x 1/4” long) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.75
Proximity Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75.00
Magnet Ring (lrg pinion) 2.187” I.D. . . . . . . . .58.00
Assembly Lrg. Pinion (collar & bracket) . . . . .70.00
Magnet Ring, MW 11” 40 Spline (2.375” I.D.) . .63.00
57643
57644
HIGH RESOLUTION HALL EFFECT SENSOR
The new Mark Williams hall effect driveline sensor features a lightweight, nickel plated trigger
ring and a solid state pickup. 12 pulses per revolution deliver accuracy 3 times higher than a 4
magnet system, and the system is less prone to errors due to vibration. The kit includes everything needed to install the system on a 9” Ford, including the bracket and updated seal.
57688
Switch
57685 12 Point Hall Effect Sensor Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150.00
Fits 28 spline 9” Ford pinion, includes seal
57686 12 Point Hall Effect Sensor Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150.00
Fits 32 spline low drag 9” Ford pinion (MW), includes seal
57687 12 Point Hall Effect Sensor Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150.00
Fits 35 spline 9” Ford large pinion, includes seal
57688 Hall Effect Sensor Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142.00
Fits 9” includes bracket
*Older RacePak units may not be compatible without an update from RacePak.
57685
Ring
Hi-Speed
Hi-Speed
Hi-Speed
Hi-Speed
Hi-Speed
Hi-Speed
Hi-Speed
Balancing
Balancing
Balancing
Balancing
Balancing
Balancing
Balancing
Many of our driveshaft improvement is result in utilizing use of our highly sophisticated
balancing machine This enables Mark Williams Enterprises technicians to accurately balance
shafts that simulate operating conditions. The device features a built-in "dyno" that can
place loads on the shaft and is adjustable to universal joint operating angle The process
allows Mark Williams to balance driveshafts and
check the universal joint preload more
accurately than is possible through
conventional processes thus simulating
actual running conditions. This equipment
is used on all driveshafts manufactured by
Mark Williams Enterprises. Mark Williams
quality check and balance any existing
1350 series universal shaft, regardless of
manufacturer, for a nominal fee.
BAL
Straighten and High Speed Driveshaft Balance . . . . . .125.00
BAL-SPIN Spin Test and Balance to NASCAR Specifications . . .275.00
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 71
DRIVESHAFT TIPS
There are a couple important factors that will ensure the best possible performance from your driveshaft assembly. One is U-joint
operating angles and the other is shaft critical speed. Both are explained below. Use these tips to avoid common driveline mistakes.
OPERATING ANGLES
The driveline arrangement in most
racing applications is known as a
parallel, zero degree phasing driveshaft.
In order to obtain the minimum power
loss from the operation of the universal
joints, two things must be addressed
with regard to operating angles. First is
making sure shaft centerlines are
parallel. Second is the actual operating
angle of the U-joints. The centerline of
the engine/transmission (ØA) should be
kept as parallel as possible to the pinion
centerline (ØB). This ensures both Ujoints are operating at the same angle.
Keeping these centerlines parallel throughout the suspension travel would be ideal but is very hard to do. The type of rear suspension will have
an effect on maintaining a parallel condition. A 4-link suspension system is the best when it comes to the pinion maintaining its angle through
its travel up and down. Ladder bar and torque arm systems create unique operating angles as the suspension moves since they move from a
single point. In any case, the pinion angle should be set to match the engine/trans angle with the car at its ride height by placing a digital level
on a machined surface of the engine then on the pinion yoke. Adjust bars or shim accordingly. u-joint operating angles should be kept at a
minimum. In general operating angles should be 2° or less for racing applications and should be within 1/2° of each other. Greater operating
angles create a power loss and can cause vibration at high RPMs. Again a 4-link is the best at keeping the U-joints operating at the same
angles. Increasing the operating angle will also affect the critical speed characteristics of a driveshaft. There is a general misunderstanding
about "dropping the pinion down" several degrees. This is a practice that should be applied only to leaf spring cars without any traction control
devices where springs can “wrap” and change pinion angle. This practice would not apply to 4-link, ladder bar or torque arm equipped cars.
Failure to maintain matched and minimum operating angles increase erratic non-uniform output velocity from the driveshaft to the differential.
CRITICAL SPEED
Critical Speeds of MW Driveshafts in RPM’S
Lengths are centers of U-Joints
72
Any rotating shaft will become
dynamically unstable at certain
speeds and create vibrations at
an amplitude that will cause
destruction. The shaft will go
into a whirl or “jump rope”
effect causing an imbalance that
will vibrate violently and
ultimately fail. In order to avoid
these conditions all drivelines
must operate within their critical
speed limitations. The factors
that determine the critical speed
are the stiffness of the material,
the diameter of the tubular
member and the shaft length.
Typically a larger diameter shaft
has a higher critical speed than a
smaller diameter shaft. The
length of a shaft also has a great
effect on its speed properties.
The chart to the left shows
general limits based on a 75%
rating. Keeping shafts within
these limits will assure smooth
operation. Shafts operating
higher than the speeds listed can
expect vibration at some point.
DRIVELINE COUPLERS
Mark Williams makes a complete line of driveline couplers for dragster, funny
car, drag boat, pulling tractor, and other applications with solid mount rear
ends that require direct connection or solid splined shafts. All couplers are
made of 4140 alloy steel and hardened by MW’s Austempering heat treat
process. Gear cutting operations are performed on special fixtures that
locate on the spline pitch diameters to assure minimum total indicated
run out. Coupler seal and/or bushing diameters are CNC ground to
a smooth finish to assure proper fit and sealing of lubricants. All
couplers receive a protective black oxide finish for extra durability.
Double splined solid driveshafts and the original MW quick
disconnect Powerglide couplers are also available for applications
40600
where the distance from the transmission to the rear end is too long for
a standard male/female coupler.
40620
40000
40800
40650
40830
40950
TRANS COUPLERS, CONNECTORS & LOCK RINGS
40340
Ford C-4 Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . .175.00
28 spline, male, Ford C-4 trans. 5-3/4” long
40350
Ford C-6 Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . .175.00
Mopar Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180.00
Lenco Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85.00
Coupler Lock Ring (aluminum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35.94
Coupler Lock Ring (steel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28.00
Coupler Lock Ring (aluminum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Coupler Lock Ring (steel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.00
Lenco Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98.00
Lenco Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123.00
Lenco Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95.00
Male Coupler Ring Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55.00
9” Ford Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159.00
9” Ford Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187.00
11” Modular Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187.00
Blank Female Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112.00
9” Ford Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124.00
800-525-1963
Driveshaft Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57.00
40951
Driveshaft Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57.00
40960
Driveshaft Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86.00
40250
‘57-‘64 Olds-Pontiac Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . .160.00
40300
9” Ford Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124.00
40400
Dana 60 Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124.00
40500
8-3/4” Mopar Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124.00
40630
Quick Change Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . .124.00
40750
12-Bolt Chevrolet Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . .124.00
30 spline, female.
‘49-‘50 Olds-Pontiac Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . .160.00
toll free
40950
10 spline, female.
9” Ford Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124.00
10 spline, female.
Driveshaft Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57.00
10 spline, female.
35 spline, male, 9” Ford large pinion.
40200
40900
29 spline, female.
32 Spline, female, Low Friction Thirdmember
40100
Powerglide, Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . .210.00
28 spline, female, 9” Ford standard pinion.
No internal splines, No heat treat
40060
40820
13 spline, female.
40 spline, female, 11” Modular pinion.
40050
Powerglide, Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . .155.00
PINION COUPLERS
40 spline, female, 9” Ford TF pinion.
40045
40810
35 spline, Lenco transmission and solid driveshafts.
35 spline, female, 9” Ford large pinion.
40040
Powerglide Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . .110.00
32 spline, B & J transmission and solid driveshafts.
20 tooth gear with 1.650 bore (for making special couplers).
40000
40805
32 spline, Lenco transmission and solid driveshafts.
32 spline, female, Lenco trans or 32 spline driveshaft.
40650
Powerglide Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . .110.00
16 spline, Lenco transmission and solid driveshafts.
16 spline, female, Lenco trans or 16 spline driveshaft.
40640
40800
27 spline, male, Powerglide or 350 trans. 8” long
16 spline, male, Lenco trans. 3-7/8” long
40620
Lenco Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110.00
27 spline, male, Powerglide or 350 trans. 6 3/4” long
Fits 1 1/2” 35 spline trans output or splined shaft. 2 pc.
40610
40780
27 spline, male for Dedenbear Tail Housing. 3-7/8” long
Fits 1 3/8” 16 or 32 spline trans output or splined shaft. 2 pc.
40605
Turbo 400 and B&J Trans Coupler . . . . . . . . . .165.00
27 spline, male, Powerglide or 350 trans. 3-7/8” long
Fits 1 3/8” 16 or 32 spline trans output or splined shaft. 2 pc.
40603
40711
32 spline, male, Lenco trans. 3-7/8” long
Fits 1 3/8” 16 or 32 spline trans output or splined shaft. 1 pc.
40602
Turbo 400 and B&J Trans Coupler . . . . . . . . . .110.00
32 spline, male, Turbo 400 or B&J trans. 6-3/4” long
16 spline, male, Lenco trans. 2-7/8” long
40601
40700
32 spline, male, Turbo 400 or B&J trans. 3-7/8” long
30 spline, male, Jerico or Liberty trans. 5-3/4” long
40600
Lenco Transmission Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146.00
35 spline, male, Lenco trans. 6” long
31 spline, male, Ford C-6 trans. 5-3/4” long
40550
40660
49300
9” Ford Aluminum Pinion Coupler . . . . . . . . . .200.00
Made from 7075 Aluminum. Similar to 40300. 28 Spline, female. 9” Ford standard pinion. Note: Limited service life.
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 73
SOLID DRIVESHAFTS
MW solid driveshafts are for in vehicles with solid
40640
40000
40800
mounted rear ends where a single coupler is not long
40780
enough. These shafts are available in stocked lengths
from 6” to 28” long. All shafts are machined out of
4340-alloy steel. All shafts are, micro polished, and
heat-treated with MW’s austempering process. All
40601
shafts receive a black oxide finish. Standard shafts in stock are: 140601
3/8-16 straight key, 1-3/8-32 involute spline and
Typical Powerglide to 9” Ford set-up with 32 spline shaft
1-1/2-35 involute splines. Shafts over 12” have 4 full
inches of spline on each end and can be shortened up
to 2” on each end. Couplers and spline shafts should not be used unless perfect alignment is assured. Critical speed
calculations must be considered for these shafts. Call with your numbers to confirm the RPM critical speed value. MW can
also build custom solid driveshafts to your specs with different splines upon request.
16 SPLINE DRIVESHAFTS
41000-06 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 6” Long . . . . . .155.00
41000-20 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 20” Long . . . . .220.00
41000-08 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 8” Long . . . . . .170.00
41100-24 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 24” Long . . . . .230.00
41000-12 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 12” Long . . . . .180.00
41100-28 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 28” Long . . . . .240.00
41000-14 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 14” Long . . . . .200.00
41100-32 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 32” Long . . . . .260.00
32 SPLINE DRIVESHAFTS
41000-16 F/C Driveshaft, 16 Spline 16” Long . . . . .210.00
6” Long . . . . . .140.00
8” Long . . . . . .160.00
12” Long . . . . .170.00
16” Long . . . . . 190.00
41050-20 F/C Driveshaft, 32 Spline 20” Long . . . . .200.00
41150-24 F/C Driveshaft, 32 Spline 24” Long . . . . .210.00
41150-28 F/C Driveshaft, 32 Spline 28” Long . . . . .220.00
41060-06 F/C Driveshaft, 35 Spline 6” Long . . . . . .155.00
41060-24 F/C Driveshaft, 35 Spline 24” Long . . . . .220.00
41160-28 F/C Driveshaft, 35 Spline 28” Long . . . . .230.00
41160-32 F/C Driveshaft, 35 Spline 32” Long . . . . .245.00
41050-06
41050-08
41050-12
41050-16
F/C
F/C
F/C
F/C
Driveshaft,
Driveshaft,
Driveshaft,
Driveshaft,
32
32
32
32
Spline
Spline
Spline
Spline
35 SPLINE DRIVESHAFTS
QUICK DISCONNECT POWERGLIDE COUPLER
This innovative MW original design allows transmission
removal without disturbing the engine or rear end. Perfect for
Comp and Super Comp dragsters. Shorty Powerglide only.
POWERGLIDE 27
40830
SPLINE
4”- 8”
BUSHING TAIL HOUSINGS
Q/D Coupler, Powerglide (Short) . . . . . . . . ..212.00
With coupler installed and lock
ring in place, a gap (approximately 1/8”) is need to be between
lock ring and coupler to avoid
binding as the chassis works.
Requires 4” from trans seal to pinion coupler, bushed housing
40840
Q/D Coupler, Powerglide (Long) . . . . . . . . ..240.00
Slide coupler forward
Requires 4” - 6” from trans seal to pinion coupler, bushed housing
40860
Q/D Coupler, Powerglide (Extra Long) . . . . .265.00
Requires 6”-8” from trans seal to pinion coupler, bushed housing
POWERGLIDE 27
40850
SPLINE
ROLLER TAIL HOUSINGS
Q/D Coupler, Powerglide (Short) . . . . . . . . ..212.00
Requires 4” from trans seal to pinion coupler, roller housing
40855
Q/D Coupler, Powerglide (Long) . . . . . . . . ..240.00
Requires 4”-6” from trans seal to pinion coupler, roller housing
40865
When removing the transmission, remove the lock ring
and slide coupler forward to
the back of the transmission.
This allows the transmission
to be moved back and off the
dowel pins of the engine.
POWERGLIDE 32
Q/D Coupler, Powerglide (Extra Long) . . . ..265.00
Requires 6”-8” from trans seal to pinion coupler, roller housing
Individual replacement parts are available for all
couplers. Our MW Technical Representative can help
you find the right parts. Give us a call.
40870
Pull trans back & up
SPLINE
Q/D Coupler 32T for Powerglide (Short) . . ..268.00
Requires 4” from trans seal to pinion coupler, roller housing
40875
Q/D Coupler 32T Powerglide (Long) . . . . . ..318.00
Requires 4”-6” from trans seal to pinion coupler, roller housing
40876
Q/D Coupler 32T, Powerglide (Extra Long) ..344.00
Requires 6”-8” from trans seal to pinion coupler, roller housing
74
QUICK RELEASE STEERING HUBS
10050
10070
10080
SFI Spec 42.1
10020
10020
10029
10060
MW quick release hubs not only make it easier for drivers to
get in and out of their cars under normal conditions,
but they’re invaluable in emergency situations. Our
hubs feature a close tolerance between the splines in
the hub and the splined mounting sleeve. This
eliminates annoying “slop” common with hex style
hubs and contributes to unsurpassed driver feel. All
hubs incorporate a positive ball/detent lock, while the
sliding collar’s shape facilitates easy “two finger” operation.
The chromoly 1” x 48 tooth splined sleeve (with one tooth omitted
10025
for indexing purposes) can easily be welded or bolted to any 3/4” O.D.
steering shaft. Hubs are CNC machined from billet 7075 aluminum and
black anodized for durability. Note:Splined sleeve & wheel mounting
hardware included w/ each hub kit.
Q/R Hub Dragster & F/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102.00
10060
For MW wheels, 4 holes, 3/16” holes, .75 x 1.65
10025
Q/R Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132.00
10070
5-Hole Grant GT Pattern, 3/16” hole, 5 x 2.86 B.C.
10029
10050
Q/R Steering Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104.00
3 hole Don Long style, 10-32 thd., 3 holes on 1.375 B.C.
Q/R Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.00
Oval track, 3 hole x 1/4” threads on 1.75 B.C.
Splined Sleeve, Bolt on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27.00
Q/R Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132.00
6-Hole Sparco/Momo Pattern. 3/16” holes, 2.755” (70mm) B.C
10080
Q/R Hub,Universal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94.00
Blank 2.45” diameter flange.
30112
1/4” Cross Bolt and Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.95
Aircraft smooth shank bolt with washers and Jet nut.
DRAGSTER STEERING WHEELS
MW Dragster/FC steering wheels are fully CNC machined from 3/16”
aluminum. Main wheel is fully polished inside and out with your
choice of anodized or polished grips. MW wheels are approximately 7
5/8” wide and 7 1/8” deep and drilled to match steering hub #10020 or
D5 mount. Switch panel mounting holes must be drilled in steering wheels
10035
Dragster/FC Type Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135.00
With polished, red, blue, black or gold anodized aluminum grips installed
Mounting drilled for 10020 quick release hub or D5 weld in mount. All colors
same price
Black
10035 Blue
10048 (Holes)
10045 Switch Polished Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45.00
Polished Aluminum (no holes)
Aluminum, with
Button Holes
10046 Switch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45.00
Brushed Aluminum, w/ Button Holes
10047 Switch Black Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45.00
Black Aluminum (no holes)
10048 Switch Black Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45.00
10035 &10048
(Switches not Included)
10045 (PLAIN)
STEERING WHEELS
713-4
10” Grant “D” Shape Steering Wheel . . . . . .144.00
Black suede grip, silver spokes. Uses 10060 quick release hub.
Dragster/Altered applications. Not legal for door cars.
763-1
13” Grant Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105.00
Black grip, silver spokes. Uses 10025 quick release hub.
764-1
13” Grant Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114.00
Black grip, yellow stripe, silver spokes. Uses 10025 quick release hub.
773
13” Grant Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116.00
Black Grip, black spokes. Uses 10025 quick release hub.
toll free
800-525-1963
713-4
763-1
on the web
764-1
773
www.markwilliams.com 75
STEERING BOXES
MW stocks a billet Funny Car type steering box for front-engine applications and rack and pinion steering boxes for rear engine
dragsters. Racks are available in 10” or 15” widths and with racks in either steel or aluminum. Rack and Pinion Units are dimensionally
the same as original P&S machine steering
30100
30200
Rack and Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294.00
15” rack with 6” of travel steel rack 2.74 llbs
30100A Aluminum Rack and Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294.00
15” 7075 aluminum rack with 6” of travel 1.71 lbs
30200
Standard Steering, 10:1 Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . .560.00
Standard unit for F/C and Altered race cars 5.36 lbs
30400A Aluminum Rack and Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294.00
10” 7075 aluminum rack with 6” of travel 1.34 lbs
30100/30400
MW FRONT SPINDLES
MW front spindles are manufactured from 4130 steel forgings or 7075 Aluminum Billet and accept
the popular Anglia style spindle mount wheels. All spindles are drilled top and bottom for a
steering arm or a tow hook attachment and are black oxided. Steering arms are profile milled
from 1/4” 4130 steel or 1/4” 7075 aluminum. All assemblies include brass thrust washers, spindle
castle nuts, washers, and cotter pins.
31200
Aluminum Spindle
with Aluminum 4”
arm
MW Front Spindle Assembly (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441.00
Steel. 2 control arms. Standard is 5” arms
31210
MW Front Spindle Assembly (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463.00
Steel 3 control arms. Specify 4”, 5” or 6” arms.
31230
MW Front Spindle Assembly (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394.00
Steel With king pins. No steering arms.
31300
Steel Spindle with
Steel 5” arm
Aluminum 7075 Spindle (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536.00
Two 4” aluminum arms with castle nuts and thrust washers.
TUBULAR FRONT AXLES
Mark Williams tubular front axles are built from 4130N
chromoly tubing. King pin bosses are tig welded using a
special precision fixture to maintain correct king pin angle
then king pin bores are reamed after final welding.
33001
34001
33005
Dragster Axle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203.00
6” drop, 36” centers, 6” flat, 1-1/2 x .120 4130 tube
34004
33001
Dragster Axle
34001
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252.00
6” drop, 39” centers, 6” flat, 1-1/2 x .120 4130 tube
33002
Dragster Axle
34002
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237.00
5” drop, 39” centers, 6” flat, 1-1/2 x .120 4130 tube
33003
Dragster Axle
Funny Car/Altered Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298.00
3” drop, 40” centers, 1-5/8 x .188 4130 tube
34004
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239.00
Funny Car/Altered Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308.00
5” drop, 42” centers, 1-5/8 x .188 4130 tube
Funny Car/Altered Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170.00
40” centers straight, 1-5/8 x .188 4130 tube
5” drop, 39” centers, 20” flat, 1-1/2 x .120 4130 tube
A-ARM FRONT END MATERIALS KITS
The advantages of an A-arm setup include lighter weight, increased rigidity,
and contemporary styling. Both kits feature a bolt on removable A-arm
design. The 33600 A-arm jig fixture of similar fixture is necessary build with
these kits.(Page 83)
34500
33500
33600
Typical Dragster A arm installation
76
F/C Altered A-Arm Front End Kit . . . . . . . .175.00
Dragster A-Arm Front End Kit . . . . . . . . . . .188.00
A-Arm Jig Fixture (see photo page 83) . . . .183.00
TORSION ASSEMBLIES
FUNNY CAR TORSION ASSEMBLY
The MW FC/Altered torsion bar assembly is designed for use on either a Funny Car or Altered chassis, and has a 26” span with 5
inch arms. The housing is 1-1/2” x .065 diameter 4130 chromoly tubing, while the torsion bar is heat-treated 4140 steel.
Extra fine adjustments are possible through the use of 7/8”-48-spline serrations on the torsion bar and arms. The torsion arm load
is carried by Torrington® needle bearings. Plus complete freedom of axle movement is assured through the use of 3/8” spherical
bearings swedged in the torsion arms.
DRAGSTER TORSION ASSEMBLY
35000
35000
Funny Car/Altered Torsion Assembly . . . . .422.00
26” centers with 5” arms
AXLE MOUNTING BRACKETS
15010
15010
Pre-cut mounting
brackets make it easy
to mount the front
axle. All are produced
from 4130 sheet normalized condition
steel.
Mark Williams has reproduced the Dragster Torsion assembly that
was used in the '60's. The bar is produced from ½" hex material and
has 7/8-48 serrated buttons on the ends for height adjustment. The
splined button is hardened as well as the end flange in the tube, to
retard wear a small grease hole allows lubrication of the moving
parts. This is the same dimensionally, as was used for Woody
Gilmore and Mark Williams front engine cars.
33020
Axle Mount Brackets F/C (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . .46.00
35300
35300
3/16 4130 welds to 1-5/8” tube axle bolts to the 35000 Torsion
33020
Dragster Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280.00
20” centers 6-3/8” long arm 1-3/8” Dia housing
Axle Mount Brackets Dragster (4) . . . . . . . . . 44.00
3/16 4130 plate welds to 1-1/2” tube axle, bolts to the 35300 Torsion
ANTI-ROLL ASSEMBLIES
The Anti-Roll assembly features splined 7075 aluminum outer arms. There are two models, 1-1/4” and 1-1/2” spline sizes.
The shaft for the 1-1/4” (351XX) series can be heavy wall 1-1/4" chromoly tube or splined adapter .083” diameter adapter
tube. The 1-1/2” spline size assemblies, (352XX) series utilize the splined adapter for for 3” x .083 wall 4130 tube.
The splined arms eliminate the possibility of oblong holes which are typical of a thru bolt design. The arms have a clevis
design and accept 3/8" rod ends. The 3" tubular bar is stiffer that the straight 1-1/4” bar, and has the advantage of being
fabricated to any width in the field.
The spherical self-aligning aluminum and Delrin® bearing mount are supplied with the weld on tabs and are available
separately.
1-1/4” ANTI-ROLL ASSEMBLIES
35105
3” Tubular Anti Roll Center Tube Assy. 1-1/4” . .686.00
3” center tube assy., with 35103 bearings, specify 5” or 6” arms & width.
Includes (2) 35103 bearing blocks.
35100
35100
MW Anti-Roll Assembly 1-1/4” Serrations . . . . .378.00
5” or 6” arms. 18” centers. 1-1/4 x .188 tube (custom widths available)
(no bearing blocks)
35103
Spherical Bearing Block 1-1/4” . . . . . . . . . . . . .115.00
1-1/4“ x 48 Tooth serrations partially in bore. (2 required)
1-1/2” ANTI-ROLL ASSEMBLIES
35250
35103
35105
3” Tubular Anti Roll Center Tube Assy 1-1/2” . . .860.00
3 X .083” X (24”) center tube 35203 bearings (2), 1.5” ends, and 6”
aluminum arms
35203
Spherical Bearing Block, 1-1/2” (one) . . . . . . . .152.00
1-1/2 “ x 48 Tooth serrations partially in bore. (2 required)
35110
35250
Linkage Kit for Anti-Roll Assembly . . . . . . . . . .170.00
Includes (2) 12” long 7/8’”x .058” tube, tub adapters 4130 7/16” large
shank RH & LH rod ends with 3/8” holes, all nuts and washers, for 35100
and 35105 kits (not shown).
35203
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 77
SUSPENSION, MONO-SHOCK ROCKER SYSTEM
This is the same unique mono-shock system that’s a part of our 4-link dragster chassis kit. This design utilizes a single coil over shock
and combines the functions of actuating the shock and an anti-roll bar in one assembly. 12010
assembly as shown is with optional shock and spring, which are sold separately.
Three different spring rates are available to suit various engine combinations.
12010 Rocker Assembly
shown with available
coil over
12010
Rocker Suspension Assembly (less shock) . . . . . . . . . . . .731.00
12011
Splined Outer Rocker Arm (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.50
12017
Delrin® Shaft Bushing (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31.56
12015
Adjuster Link, no rod ends (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26.00
12019
Double Adjustable Shock (5” stroke no spring) . . . . . . . . . .509.00
12019-225
Coil Spring (225#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55.00
12019-275
Coil Spring (275#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55.00
12019-400
Coil Spring (400#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55.00
4-LINK & WISHBONE KITS
12020
Dragster/Altered 4 Link Kit . . . . . . . .690.00
Kit uses 1-1/8” x .083” tubing & 5/8” x 5/8” rod ends.
12021
12030
Dragster Front 4 Link Bracket (ea) . . .32.00
Dragster/Altered Wishbone Kit (ea) .190.00
1/2” (2) and 5/8 (1) 4130 rod ends, aluminum slider shaft
97100
97100
12030
4 Link Kit for 96000/97000 Housing .949.00
Kit uses 1-1/4” x .095 tubing & 5/8 x 3/4 rod ends.
97150
Front Chassis 4 Link Bracket (ea) . . .56.00
Mark Williams 4-link and wishbone kits include everything required to complete a standard 4-link rear suspension from the chassis to the housing. All kits
include Aurora 4130 rod ends, jam nuts, tube adapters, M/W reduced hex shear shank bolts and locking jam nuts, and chromoly tubing. Both 4-link kits
also include chromoly front chassis brackets.
LEVERS, PEDALS
MW brake levers and clutch/brake pedal are all CNC machined from 1/4” 6061 aluminum stock and fully polished to a bright luster. Both
brake levers have anodized aluminum grips installed (red, blue, black, gold, or polished). Clutch/brake pedal features bolt-on foot pad
with grooved non-slip surface. All include mounting stud #10040 (see below).
10042
Brake/Clutch Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107.00
10044
With bolt on foot pad.
10043
Dragster Brake Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126.90
Specify color of aluminum grips.
10044
10043
Funny Car Brake Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132.40
Specify color of anodized aluminum grips.
10042
LEVER/PEDAL MOUNTING STUD
10040
10040
78
This unique assembly makes mounting
controls such as brake levers and/or pedals
simple. The use of a keyed aluminum washer
along with teflon washers on each side of the
lever allows the tension to be adjusted without
the possibility of the nut loosening during use.
The main body is machined from 4130 alloy
steel and can be cut to fit against chassis rail
(as shown).
Lever/Pedal Mounting Stud Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51.00
MORSE CONTROL CABLES
33C-3
33C-4
33C-5
33C-6
33C-7
33C-8
33C-9
33C-10
33C-11
33C-12
33C-13
33C-14
33C-24
3’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44.07
4’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45.22
5’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47.46
6’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49.58
7’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52.31
8’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50.93
9’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51.08
10’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56.67
11’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57.58
12’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58.74
13’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59.91
14’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70.63
24’ Morse Push/Pull Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72.66
Morse control cables have been the standard for many years and are
ideal for operating your throttle, fuel shut-off, shifter/reverser, or
chute release. MW stocks 3 foot to 14 foot cables and most of the
common end fittings and clamps, both standard and quick release.
33C cable
A-31804
A-29104
Quick Cable End 1/4”-28 X 3/8 Ball . . . . . . .10.50
Quick Release Rod End, 1/4-28 thread . . . .1169
Quick Release Rod End, 10-32 thread . . . .10.18
Clevis,10-32 thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.32
Clamp & Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.42
RXAM-8T-3
N12RA
MW recommends the use of chromoly rod ends in high stress applications such as suspension components and steering linkage. All of
the Aurora® 4130 chromoly rod
ends listed here are a 3 piece
design.
AM6
3/8-24” 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23.63
AB6
3/8-24” 4130 Male Left Hand Rod End . . . .23.44
AM7
7/16”-20 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . .29.02
AB7
7/16”-20 4130 Male Left Hand Rod End . . .29.15
AM8
1/2”-20 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . .35.02
AB8
1/2”-20 4130 Male Left Hand Rod End . . . .35.02
AM10
5/8”-18 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . .46.86
AB10
5/8”-18 4130 Male Left Hand Rod End . . . .46.86
AM12
3/4”-16 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . .66.66
AB12
3/4”-16 4130 Male Left Hand Rod End . . . .66.50
RAM6T 3/8”-24 4130 Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47.02
Right hand thread, nickel plated and teflon lined.
A-37000
CW3
CABLE ACCESSORIES
A-21002
A-29104
A-31799
A-31800
A-31804
A-36174
A-31799
A-31800
A-36174 Quick Release Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16.16
A-37000 Clamp, Aluminum Morse Cable . . . . . . . . .12.00
CW3
3/16” Female Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.20
CHROMOLY ROD ENDS
RXAM10T 3/4”-16 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . .95.06
5/8” ball, right hand thread, nickel plated and teflon lined.
RXAB10T 3/4”-16 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . .95.06
5/8” ball. left hand thread, nickel plated and teflon lined.
RAM12T 3/4”-16 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . .102.16
Right hand thread, nickel plated and teflon lined.
RAB12T 3/4”-16 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . .101.70
Left hand thread, nickel plated and teflon lined.
XAM6
7/16”-20 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . .28.74
3/8 ball, right hand thread.
XAB6
7/16”-20 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . .28.74
3/8 ball, left hand thread.
XAM10
3/4”-16 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . .66.12
5/8 ball, right hand thread.
XAB10
3/4”-16 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . .66.12
5/8 ball, left hand thread. 5/8 ball, left hand thread.
RXAM-8T-3 3/4”-16 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . .105.74
3/4 Shank, Teflon LI ned. 1/2” ball, right hand thread.
RXAB-8T-3 3/4”-16 4130 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . .105.74
3/4 Shank, Teflon LIned. 1/2” ball, left hand thread.
THIN JAM-NUTS
Jam nuts are used to lock the rod end in the mating female threaded connector. We can supply thin steel nuts of aircraft quality or M/W
produced from 7075 aluminum and gold coated. Currently the 3/4 and 1/2” sizes are available in aluminum with more to follow.
N10R 5/8-18 R.H. Jam Nuts, (4 pcs) . . . . . . . . . . . .15.00
N5R
5/16-24 R.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs) . . . . . . . . . . . .5.25
5/16-24 L.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs) . . . . . . . . . . .12.54
N5L
N10L 5/8-18 L.H. Jam Nuts, (4 pcs) . . . . . . . . . . . .21.00
N6R
3/8-24 R.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.99
N8RA 1/2-20 R.H. Aluminum Jam Nuts, (6 pcs) . . . .21.50
3/8-24 L.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs) . . . . . . . . . . . .12.39
N6L
N8LA 1/2-20 L.H. Aluminum Jam Nuts, (6 pcs) . . .21.78
N7R
7/16-20 R.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs) . . . . . . . . . . . .9.30
N12RA 3/4-16 R.H. Aluminum Jam Nuts, (4 pcs) . . . .21.98
N7L
7/16-20 L.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs) . . . . . . . . . . .13.65
N12LA 3/4-16 L.H. Aluminum Jam Nuts, (4 pcs) . . .22.44
N8R
1/2-20 R.H. Jam Nuts, (6 pcs) . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.82
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 79
MILD STEEL ROD ENDS
CM3
CW3
CW4
CM5
CB5
CW5
CM6
CB6
CM7
CB7
CM8
CB8
10-32 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.32
10-32 Female Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.20
1/4”-28Female Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.40
5/16”-24 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.08
5/16”-24 Left Hand Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . .7.08
5/16”-24 Female Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.48
3/8”-24 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.00
3/8”-24 Male Left Hand Rod End . . . . . . . . . . .8.00
7/16”-20 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.48
7/16”-20 Male Left Hand Rod End . . . . . . . . . .9.48
1/2”-20 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.68
1/2” -20 Male Left Hand Rod End . . . . . . . . .12.68
TUBE ADAPTERS & CLEVISES
Mark Williams Enterprises stocks a complete
line of mild steel Aurora® spherical rod
ends. The mild steel rod ends listed here
are a 2 piece design and are ideal for
applications such as throttle, shifter,
clutch linkage, and other light duty appliCM10
cations.
CM10 5/8”-18 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17.14
CB10 5/8”-18 Male Left Hand Rod End . . . . . . . . . .17.14
CM12 3/4”-16 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23.26
CB12 3/4”-16 Male Left Hand Rod End . . . . . . . . . .23.26
XM10 3/4”-16 Male Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38.06
3/4-16 Thread on shank with 5/8” hole in ball.
XB10
3/4”-16 Male Left Hand End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38.06
3/4-16 Thread on shank with 5/8” hole in ball.
MW weld in tube adapters make fabricating linkage, struts, or any application that requires joining a male rod end or threaded clevis to
chromoly tubing a snap. All MW tube adapters are CNC machined and lead screw tapped to ensure a precise and square
10510 Tube Adapter, 5/16”-24 to 5/8 x .058 . . . . . . .6.06
10510L Tube Adapter, 5/16”-24 L.H. to 5/8 x .058 . . . .5.62
10610 Tube Adapter, 3/8”-24 to 5/8 x .058 . . . . . . . .4.58
10610L Tube Adapter, 3/8”-24 L.H. to 5/8 x .058 . . . . .4.97
10612 Tube Adapter, 3/8”-24 to 3/4 x .058 . . . . . . . . .5.64
10612L Tube Adapter, 3/8”-24 L.H. to 3/4 x .058 . . . . .5.64
10614 Tube Adapter, 3/8”-24 to 7/8 x .058 . . . . . . . .6.70
10614L Tube Adapter, 3/8”-24 L.H. to 7/8 x .058 . . . . .6.70
10714 Tube Adapter, 7/16”-20 to 7/8 x .058 . . . . . . .7.34
10714L Tube Adapter, 7/16”-20 L.H. to 7/8 x .058 . . . .7.34
10814 Tube Adapter, 1/2”-20 to 7/8 x .058 . . . . . . . .7.34
11018L Tube Adapter, 5/8”-18 L.H. to 1 1/8 x .083 . . . .8.25
10814L Tube Adapter, 1/2”-20 L.H. to 7/8 x .058 . . . . .7.34
11218 Tube Adapter, 3/4”-16 to 1 1/8 x .083 . . . . . . .8.25
10816 Tube Adapter, 1/2”-20 to 1 x .058 . . . . . . . . . .7.50
11218L Tube Adapter, 3/4”-16 L.H. to 1 1/8 x .083 . . . .8.25
10816L Tube Adapter, 1/2”-20 L.H. to 1 x .058 . . . . . .7.50
11220 Tube Adapter, 3/4”-16 to 1 1/4 x .058 . . . . . . .9.50
11016 Tube Adapter, 5/8”-18 to 1 x .058 . . . . . . . . . .7.50
11220L Tube Adapter, 3/4”-16 L.H. to 1 1/4 .058 . . . . .9.50
11016L Tube Adapter, 5/8”-18 L.H. to 1 x .058 . . . . . .7.50
11221 Tube Adapter, 3/4”-16 Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.50
For 1-1/4 x .095 tubing, for 4-link rear suspension
11018 Tube Adapter, 5/8”-18 to 1 1/8 x .083 . . . . . . .8.25
11221L Tube Adapter, 3/4”-16 L.H. Thread . . . . . . . . .11.00
WELD-IN CLEVISES
20316
80
MW weld-in clevises are
manufactured in-house
from 4130 steel on CNC
machinery. All are
designed with a step
down diameter for a precise fit in the chromoly
tubing listed. MW weldin clevises work great for
wing struts, wheelie bars
etc. See page 81 for
tabs that can be used.
For 1-1/4 x .095 tubing, hex wrench driver for 4-link
20210
5/8” Weld Clevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.75
Fits 5/8” x .058” tubing and 1/8” thick bracket. 1/4” hole.
20312
3/4” Weld Clevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.25
Fits 3/4” x.058” tubing and 3/16” thick bracket. 5/16” hole.
20314
7/8” Weld Clevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.00
Fits 7/8” x.058” tubing and 3/16” thick bracket. 5/16” hole.
20316
1” Weld Clevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16.50
Fits 1” x.058” tubing and 3/16” thick bracket. 5/16” hole.
20416
1” Weld Clevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18.00
Fits 1” x.058” tubing and 1/4” thick bracket. 5/16” hole.
CHASSIS BRACKETS & TABS
All of the MW brackets and tabs listed below are manufactured
from 1/8” thick 4130N chromoly steel, except for 10010 and 15010
which are 3/16” thick and D5 which is 1/16” thick chromoly.
D12
D26
D5
15010
10010
D2
D21
D20
D1A
D11
QTL
D150
10010
15004
Dzus fasteners are the most widely accepted method of securely
attaching aluminum body panels, fiberglass panels, seats, etc. MW
stocks the popular buttons, springs, tabs, and panel doublers along
with the proper dimpling, and installation tools, and button wrench.
D200
D40
D50
D70
D30
D30L
Torsion Mounting Brackets, 3/16” (set of 4) . .46.00
For 34002 3” drop x 40” centers
D11
D12
D1A
D2
D20
D21
D26
D5
D150
Anti-Rotation Tab (3/8” Hole) . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.20
Chassis Radius Rod Mount Bracket . . . . . . . . . .5.40
Small Motor Mount Tab (3/8” Hole) . . . . . . . . .3.45
Large Flat Mount Tab (3/8” Hole) . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.07
Large Motor Mount Tab (No hole) . . . . . . . . .13.83
Small Flat Mounting Tab (3/8” Hole) . . . . . . . .1.65
Weld-In Clevis for 7/8” Tube (3/8 Rod End) . . .3.69
Steering Wheel Mount Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.25
Motor Mount Clamp, 1-1/2” (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . .7.00
Fits 1-1/4” to 1-1/2” diameter tubing. Quantity pricing available.
Mounting Tab for Clevis (5/16” hole) . . . . . . . .7.19
D100
15010
QTL
Frame Rail Tail Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88.50
DZUS FASTENERS & TOOLS
D30
D30-100
D30L
D30L-100
D40
D40-100
D50
D50-100
D70
D100
D200
Dzus Mounting Tab, (ea) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Dzus Mount Tabs, (pack of 100) . . . . . . . . .61.95
Dzus Mounting Tab, 3” Long (ea) . . . . . . . 1.10
Dzus Mounting Tab, 3” Long (100) . . . . . 61.95
Dzus Buttons, Steel (10 ea.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17.59
Dzus Buttons, (pack of 100) . . . . . . . . . . .150.80
Dzus Springs, (pack of 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.52
Dzus Springs, (pack of 100) . . . . . . . . . . .101.39
Panel Doubler (Round) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..71
Dzus Button Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.00
Dzus Dimpling Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22.50
ENGINE MOUNTING PLATES
All MW engine mounting plates are manufactured from 1/4” thick 7075-T6 aluminum plate and CNC machined with common crankshaft
centerlines to ensure exact fit and interchange-ability even from one engine make to another. Semi-Finished plate Has the 6” crankshaft
hole, dowel pin, and 2” vent holes.
38010
Engine Mount Plate Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87.15
12” x 24” Front blank. 1/4” thick (no holes)
38100
38100
Rear Engine Mount Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . .200.00
24” x 24” Semi-Finished with crank and vent holes and choice of
dowel pin holes. 1/4” thick.
38115
Rear Engine Mount Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . .235.00
For Funny Car and Altered with crank and vent holes. Milled for 1
1/2” tube size. Choice of dowel pin holes. Top section is not profiled.
1/4” thick. (photo not shown)
38110
38110
38011
Rear Engine Mount Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . .235. 00
For Dragster with crank and vent holes. Milled for 1 1/4” tube size.
Choice of dowel pin holes. 1/4” thick.
38012
38011
Front Engine Mount Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . .103.38
Small Block Chevrolet for Dragster & Funny Car. 1/4” thick.
38012
38013
Front Engine Mount Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . .125.00
Late Model Chrysler for Dragster and Funny Car. 1/4” thick.
38013
Front Engine Mount Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . .125.00
Big Block Chevrolet for Dragster & Funny Car. 1/4” thick.
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 81
CHROMOLY TUBING & PLATE
All MW 4130 tubing is certified aircraft quality material that meets 6736 specifications.
Small quantities of under a 100’ are sold at the cut price. Large quantities of 100’ or more
are sold at the 100’ price. Different tubing sizes can be combined to produce an order of
more than 100’ but they must be full lengths. Full lengths can be anywhere from 17’ - 24’.
PART#
DESCRIPTION
LBS./FT
0375x058
0500X058
0625X058
0750X058
0875X058
1000X058
1125X058
1125X083
1250X058
1250X083
1250X095
1375X058
3/8 x .058 Tube
1/2 x .058 Tube
5/8 x.058 Tube
3/4 x.058 Tube
7/8 x .058 Tube
1 X .058 Tube
1 1/8 x .058 Tube
1 1/8 x .083 Tube
1 1/4 x .058 Tube
1 1/4 x .083 Tube
1 1/4 x .095 Tube
1 3/8 x .058 Tube
.20
.27
.35
.43
.51
.58
.66
.92
.74
1.03
1.17
.82
CUT
100’
10.83
12.09
7.35
10.20
9.20
7.98
11.25
13.86
10.65
14.46
16.38
12.75
8.13
9.07
5.52
7.65
6.90
5.99
8.44
10.40
7.99
10.85
12.23
9.57
1375X065
1375X095
1500X058
1500X065
1500X120
1625X083
1625X188
3000X250
3250X250
4130-062
4130-125
4130-187
4130-250
PRE-BENT CHROMOLY TUBING
MW’s stock of pre bent
tubing includes, roll
bars, shoulder hoops,
dragster frame rails
etc. These items are
all mandrel bent inhouse and designed
for the professional or
the
do-it-yourself
chassis builder.
36260
Driveshaft Loop (2 pcs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34.70
36400
37100
36100
37200
36151
36152
36800
36500
36200
12041
36400
7/8 x .058 4130 tube. 180 o bends. 5” wide inside.
36050
1 5/8” Dragster Bend Package . . . . . . . . . . . . .340.18
Roll bar, secondary roll bar, back braces and shoulder hoop.
36060
1 1/2” Dragster Bend Package . . . . . . . . . . . . .290.38
Roll bar, secondary roll bar, back braces and shoulder hoop.
36100
Dragster Roll Bar (single bend) . . . . . . . . . . . . .74.72
24” tall x 19 1/2” centers, 1-5/8 x .083 4130 tube.
36151
Double Bend Dragster Roll Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . .61.80
24” tall x 19 1/2 centers, 1-5/8 x .083 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36152
Double Bend Drag Secondary Roll Bar . . . . . . .56.10
19” tall x 19 1/2” centers 1-5/8 x .083 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36155
Helmet Guard Tubes (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55.55
1 x .058 4130 tube, 2 bends. Now mandatory.
36161
Double Bend Dragster Roll Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . .52.05
24” tall x 19 1/2” centers, 1-1/2 x .065 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36162
Double Bend Drag Secondary Roll Bar . . . . . . .48.50
19” tall 19 1/2” centers 1-1/2 x .065 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36171
Double Bend Dragster Roll Bar (6” radius) . . . . .57.97
24” tall x 19 1/2” centers, 1-1/2 x .065 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36172
Double Bend Drag Sec. Roll Bar (6” radius) . . . .53.01
19” tall 19 1/2” centers 1-1/2 x .065 4130 tube, 2 bends.
36200
Dragster Roll Bar Back Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36.05
14” tall x 16” deep, 90 degree bend, 1 5/8 x .083 4130 tube.
1 3/8 x .065 Tube
1 3/8 x .095 Tube
1 1/2 x .058 Tube
1 1/2 x .065 Tube
1 1/2 x .120 Tube
1 5/8 x .083 Tube
1 5/8 x .188 Tube
3 x .250 Tube
3 1/4 x .250 Tube
Sheet Steel, 4130
Sheet Steel, 4130
Sheet Steel, 4130
Sheet Steel, 4130
.91 10.90
8.18
1.30 18.36
13.77
.89 11.16
8.37
1.00
9.78
7.34
1.77 20.97
15.73
1.37 14.73
11.05
2.88 24.90
18.68
7.34 54.21
8.01 63.78
1/16” Thick 9” X 12” . .21.78
1/8” Thick 9” x 18” . . . .58.10
3/16” Thick 9” x 18” . . .74.34
1/4” Thick 9” X 18” . . .91.10
Dragster Roll Bar Back Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29.04
14” tall x 16” deep, 90 degree bend, 1 1/2 x .065 4130 tube.
36300
Dragster Shoulder Hoop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155.96
19” inside x 72” tall, 1 1/2 x .058 4130 tube.
36350
Dragster Shoulder Hoop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..97.46
19” inside x 36” tall, 1 1/2 x .058 4130 tube.
36360
F.E. Dragster Shoulder Hoop (2pc) . . . . . . . . . .181.50
Up to 22” inside x 82” tall, 1 1/2 x .058 4130 tube.
36370
F.E. Dragster Lower Hoop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199.05
17” inside, 1 3/8 x .058 4130 tube w/kick up bends.
36375
F.E. Dragster Lower Hoop (1 bend) . . . . . . . . .178.75
17” inside, 1 3/8 x .058 4130 tube w/kick up bends.
Dragster Support Tube (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43.58
Upper to lower rail 1 3/8 x .095 4130 tube.
36500
Dragster Seat Former . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48.20
1 1/4 x .058 4130 tube.
36550
Dragster Seat Former . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57.24
1 3/8” x .058” 4130 tube
36600
Dragster Upper Engine Rails (Pair) . . . . . . . . .175.00
1 1/4” x .083” 4130 tube
36650
Dragster Upper Engine Rails (Pair) . . . . . . . . .175.00
1 1/4” x .058” 4130 tube
36700
Dragster Lower Engine Rails (Pair) . . . . . . . . .168.00
1 1/4” x .083” 4130 tube
36750
Dragster Lower Engine Rails (Pair) . . . . . . . . .175.00
1 1/4” x .058” 4130 tube
36800
Steering Mount Cross Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34.70
1” x .058 4130 tube.
37000
Funny Car Bend Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388.10
Roll bar, secondary roll bar, 2 back braces & shoulder hoop.
37100
Funny Car Roll Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87.06
29” tall x 21 1/2” centers, 1 5/8 x .083 4130 tube.
37200
Funny Car Secondary Roll Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63.58
19 1/2” tall x 21 1/2” centers, 1 5/8 x .083 4130 tube.
37400
Funny Car Shoulder Hoop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166.04
20” inside x 74” tall, 1 1/2 x .058 4130 tube.
38000
F.E. Dragster Bend Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549.60
Includes shoulder hoop, lower rail hoop, first and second roll bars, and the back
brace.
82
CHASSIS TOOLS
AND INSTRUCTION
This DVD Video contains information on the BIG Picture on tubular chassis
constructions. Although this video is done on a Top Alcohol Dragster from
years past, its value is in knowing correct construction steps. It shows the
method of building the chassis from the rear differential around the engine to
the front end to result in the desired ground clearance. This general
knowledge is the source for many of the current popular chassis builders
today. Even If you are considering purchasing a chassis from you local
builder, it will give your basic knowledge of the correct construction
methods.
10004 Chassis Construction DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90.00
FILLER ROD & TEMP STICK
A temp stick along with an oxy-acetylene
torch should be used to normalize critical
1/16”
weld areas such as drivers
compartment, rear end
mounts etc. MW
recommends ER70S-2 filler
3/32”
rod for tig welding
chromoly. It is a triple
deoxidizer for a clean and ductile weld joint.
10008
Temperature Stick Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38.74
1050 degrees.
65-062 1/16” Oxweld 65 Welding Filler Rod . . . . .13.65/lb
Photo shows the amount in one pound
65-093 3/32” Oxweld 65 Welding Filler Rod . . . . .14.26/lb
Photo shows the amount in one pound
DRIVELINE ALIGNMENT BARS
The Mark Williams 9” alignment bar is manufactured from 2-1/2” diameter heavy wall
D.O.M. tubing with a CNC machined aluminum flange attached to one end. This
aluminum flange bolts directly to the front of a 9” Ford thirdmember case in place of
pinion support and allows for perfect alignment between rear end and engine. With an
overall length of 80” this bar can be used for dragster as well as funny car/altered
chassis construction. Door car chassis construction can use this also by extend the tube
length with a piece of 3” x 1/4” wall tubing. This will work as long as the engine block
has a 3” or larger main bore. The 12 bolt alignment bar uses a steel pilot that is inserted
into the seal bore along with a standard rear pinion bearing (not supplied) to align the
bar in the center section. Works with stock and MW modular 12 bolt rears.
400D
401
450
400D
401
450
9” Ford Driveline Alignment Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363.00
Adapter to Use 400D on MW 11” Rear, Aluminum Gold Coated . . . . .149.50
12 Bolt Driveline Alignment Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00
A-ARM JIG TUBE FITTING TOOLS
33600
Spindle
not
included
705
33600
The MW A-Arm jig simplifies installing an
a-arm front end on a dragster or funny car
chassis. The spindle is fastened through
the upright and set to the proper caster
angle with a bubble protractor. This is normally used for cars with standard 17” dragster or 15” FC spindle mount front wheels.
The uprights can be positioned anywhere
along the 1-1/2” square cross tube (included) to produce the desired front end
tread width. The cross tube is
clamped to the bottom of the chassis rails with shims to make the
appropriate ground clearance.
705
The Tubing Notcher tool
will help you produce
tight fitting joints that
will result in better
welds and a nicer
finished product. This is
the original Ol’Joint
Jigger tool not a cheap
C h i n e s e c o p y.
A
standard bi-metal hole
s a w i s a l l t h a t ’s
needed. The unit can
be used with a drill
press or a 1/2” drill
motor.
Tubing Notcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167.00
A-Arm Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183.00
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 83
NEW PRODUCTS
MUSTANG GT500 DRIVESHAFT
The MWS series (Mark Williams Slip) shafts were designed for the Mustang GT500 and similar models. This replaces the
two-piece steel shaft that cannot handle the torque and 150+ mph speeds, and eliminates the center driveshaft support
bearing with the internal slip feature. This MWS-500 shaft is made with the exclusive Gold Finish 7075
aluminum material, which is both stronger and lighter than common aluminum driveshafts, making it able
to perform under the stresses where the two-piece steel shafts fail. The MW patented boding process
is used to join the end fittings, proving much stronger than the standard welding method. This
shaft is made to match any Mustang transmission (automatic or stick shift) and differential
flange with a 2” male pilot and ½” bolts on a 3” center square bolt pattern. Cars
equipped with 9” Ford differentials can take advantage of this shaft using a 1350
series universal joint pinion yoke or our new Generation III 9” Ford pinion
flange connection system (catalog page 69). These shafts utilize
MWS-500
precision Spicer 1350 universal joints and are Hi-Speed balanced to
Mustang Shaft
G30 specifications. The shaft run out is closely controlled. In
addition, each shaft is torsion tested for additional quality
assurance . Different shaft flange yoke combinations
39082
9” Pinion
are available for attachment to different
Flange
transmissions and differentials. Specific
models can be designed for other
applications.
MWS-500 GT500 Driveshaft, Internal Slip
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2082.00
with 2 shaft flange yokes
MWS-509 Driveshaft, Internal Slip
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775.00
with 1 shaft flange yoke
MWS-510 Driveshaft, Internal Slip
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1545.00
Without flange yokes utilizes standard 1350 end yokes
HELLCAT DRIVESHAFT
The Dodge Challenger SRT Hellcat needed some
help in the driveshaft department. The factory
Complete MWS-600 Driveshaft assembly,
carbon fiber shaft is a nice part but not up to the
configured for Hellcat Challenger
requirements when you start modifying the power
output. The fact that this car has a relatively long
distance from the transmission to the differential
eliminates producing a one-piece shaft
Urethane
for high speeds and RPM
Mounting
requirements. Our design utilized
the two-piece
Drive Lug
Connection construction as
dictated by
the
shaft
critical speed requirements.
Spherical
The construction features a ridged
Aligning
(patent pending) center-bearing mount
Bearing
with spherical aligned bearing drive lug
connecting method. The strength is
assured with the
AccuBond™
connection to a 7075 aluminum tube.
This is our offering for the strongest high
Patent Pending
RPM capable driveshaft for the Hellcat.
MWS-600 Hellcat Driveshaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . .POA
84
CACKEL SAFE DISCONNECT
Attached to the bell housing, this device allows the
driver to disconnect the output shaft from the
driveshaft and safely run the car without having to
hold in the clutch pedal. This eliminates the possibility
of a foot slipping of the pedal and reduces wear on the
clutch springs. All normal driveline couplers stay
engaged and do not rotate while the engine is running.
The sliding coupler, output shaft, and driveshaft are
made of heat-treated alloy steel, while the bearing
retainer and fork assembly are machined from billet
aluminum. The output shaft and driveshaft are custom
made to the length required for your can depth and
engine location.
ENGAGED
DISENGAGED
13050
Cackel-Safe Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1475.00
DRIVESHAFT SAFETY LOOPS
Our driveshaft safety loop attaches directly to the differential
third member, eliminating tubular structures that attach to the
chassis. By fixing the loop to the rear end the chances that the
driveshaft will crash into the loop are reduced.
The front section loop is removable by four retaining bolts
allowing easy drive shaft removal. The open design allows
removal of the rear universal retaining bolts that are impossible
to remove with enclosed tube designs. Constructed from 4130
material this satisfies the NHRA rule requirements for a
"retainer loop 360 degrees of enclosure".
Available for both 9" Ford and MW 11" differentials
57625
Drive Shaft Loop Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00
9” Thirdmember, for 7/16 stud size
90725
Drive Shaft Loop Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .295.00
11” MOdular rear, 7/16” stud size
Anti-Rotation Bracket Assy - 8 3/4 Chrysler
Designed to create the required mount plate for the rear axle
rotation and drive shaft cover mounting for Front Engine
Dragsters. Produced from 1/8" 4130 steel
and bolted to the two existing holes in
the 8 3/4" Chrysler differentials
utilized
in
early
Dragster
construction. The stock thirdmember
require the addition of two or three
3/8" - 16 threaded holes to mount this
product. Jig welded by TIG process with
three 5/16" diameter flange holes for mounting rotation
device plates and drive shaft covers.
13010
Anti-Rotation Bracket 8-3/4 Mopar . . . . . . . .102.50
toll free
800-525-1963
Steering Bell Crank
Designed for Front Engine Dragster steering
applications. Produced from 4130 normalized steel. Features 3/8" holes on 5"
arm. Bolt centers are 90 degrees
apart, but can be drilled to produce different ratios. Utilizes
ball bearings with races
machined in to both 4130
parts. The kit includes o-ring
seal, AN quality fastener, castellated nut, and cotter key.
Chassis mounting bracket is formed to weld 1-1/4" to 1-1/2"
diameter tubing.
13020
Bell Crank Steering Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82.50
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 85
MasterLine
For over 40 years the name “Mark Williams” has been synonymous with the ultimate in quality and reliability. But there are those racers who
feel their combination doesn’t require the “ultimate”. With this in mind, Mark Williams Enterprises offers the MasterLine
series of driveline components for Street and Strip (10 sec. and up) applications. MasterLine components include axles,
bearings, spools, gear sets, and nodular iron 9” Ford cases.
MasterLine AXLES
Machined from special alloy steel forgings, MasterLine axles are ideal for cars as quick as 9.90. MasterLine axles are
all custom CNC machined to length. They feature thick flanges, 1/2” -20 threaded holes for your specific pattern. An
upgrade for 5/8 stud size is available.We can provide any spline up to 35 tooth, true involute form. hobbed splines
(before heat treating), an in house double heat treat, precision ground bearing journals to ensure the correct press fit of
axle bearings, and adjustable bearing seats to allow precise brake system alignment.
ML-400 with
optional triple
hole pattern
ML-400 MasterLine Axles, 28 to 35 spline (pr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446.00
MasterLine SPOOLS
ML-132
ML-140
ML-146
ML-160
8.8 Ford 35 Spline Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242.00
9” Ford for 2.893” or 3.062” Bore Case . . .242.00
9” Ford for3.250” Bores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242.00
12 Bolt Chevrolet 3.062 Stock Bore Carrier242.00
ML-001
ML-003
ML-250
ML-507
ML-803
Mopar Axle Bearings, 2.875” O.D. (pr) . . . . .104.20
Mopar Axle Brng, 2.875” w/snap ring (pr) . .104.20
Small GM “C” Clip Eliminator kit . . . . . . . . . .211.00
Ford/Olds Axle Bearings, 3.150” O.D. (pr) . . .78.00
Mustang Axle Bearings, 2.835” O.D. (pr) . . . .78.00
MasterLine spools are CNC machined from alloy
steel forgings and heat treated in-house. Plus, the
bearing journals and ring gear flange are precision ground. All have Mark Williams 35
spline.
MasterLine BEARINGS
MasterLine bearings are sealed and feature a
1.562” I.D. and an “O” ring around the outside of
the bearing to eliminate the need for an inner
housing seal. Available for large and small Ford,
Olds/Pontiac, Mopar and GM 10 &12 Bolt C-clip
eliminator kit.
MasterLine DRIVESHAFTS
MasterLine driveshafts are custom built from 3” x .083 DOM mild steel tubing or 6061 aluminum with
ML-39200
Spicer 1350 series weld yokes and Spicer precision 1350 series U joints. Special assembly fixtures
guarantee proper weld yoke phasing during assembly. Every shaft is electronically balanced with the transmission
yoke installed to ensure vibration free operation. Prices includes the forged billet MW4340 transmission yoke.
ML-600 3” x .083 Mild Steel Driveshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540.00
Any length with u-joints, includes transmission yoke.
ML-39200 3.5” x .125” 6061 Aluminum Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .620.00
Any length with u -joints, Includes transmission yoke.
ML-39300 4” x .125” 6061 Aluminum Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .698.00
Any length with u-joints, includes transmission yoke.
MasterLine CASES
MasterLine nodular cases feature tough nodular iron castings that are CNC machined, billet steel main caps and bearing
adjusters, and extra reinforced pilot bearing area. (3/8” pinion support studs are available)
ML-460 Nodular Iron Case w/ 3.062” Bores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462.00
Steel caps and billet adjusters, adjuster locks
ML-470 Nodular Iron Case w/ 3.250” Bores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462.00
Steel caps and billet adjusters, adjuster locks
86
CHASSIS PLANS
For those drag racers that want to build there own racecar from scratch, Mark Williams offers the plans and bill of materials required for
the construction. Plans are available for several Dragster chassis and a Altered/Funny car. The material specified will conform to the
appropriate SFI (SEMA Foundation. Inc.) specification, if constructed accordingly. Since their introduction, MW kit car plans have
proven to be very competitive in various classes ranging from Economy Altered to Alcohol dragsters. The construction of any chassis
requires a level of experience necessary to compete the project satisfactory . We are supplying the basic dimensioned print for each chassis. No two cars are built alike, and you will find it necessary to determine dimensions based on engine placement, transmission type,
driver size, wheel base, and ground clearance desired. The tubing will need to be fitted for each joint utilizing a tool specifically for “fish
mouthing” joints. We suggest purchasing the DVD video to review the construction methods before committing to build the chassis from
the prints.
10004
Dragster Chassis Construction Video DVD (Covers solid mount dragster chassis construction only) . . . . . . . .90.00
SOLID REAR ENGINE DRAGSTER PLANS
Top Alcohol type chassis plans designed with
solid mounted 92000 MW modular 9” aluminum
housing. This chassis is to be constructed with
the 11” Modular rear. Plans include a bill of
materials list. Parts list includes: Steering
hardware with rack and pinion box, engine
mounting plates, and all of the pre bent and
straight tubing required to build a chassis. The
drawing can be used to build a chassis the meets
the SFI 2.3K chassis specs.
10001
Will accept new MW
11” Modular rear end
10001 Plans and Bill of Materials List, Top Alcohol Dragster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75.00
4-LINK ENGINE DRAGSTER PLANS
Chromoly chassis with unique monoshock rear suspension and MW modular
12 bolt housing w/billet aluminum 4 link
brackets. Plans bill of materials includes
monoshock rocker shaft and arms, 4-link
and wishbone kits, complete steering with
rack and pinion box, engine mounting
plates and all the pre bent and straight
tubing to build a chassis that meets the
current SFI 2.5 chassis specs.
12001
Coil over shock is available but
not included with kit
See page 80
12001
Dragster Blueprint and Bill of Materials, 4-Link Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75.00
FRONT ENGINE DRAGSTER PLANS
Chromoly chassis with 92000 MW
modular 9” aluminum housing. Meets the
current SFI 2.2B chassis specs for new
front engine dragsters (6.29 and quicker).
Plans include bill of materials for:
modular housing steering with standard
box, engine mounting plates and all of the
pre bent and straight tubing to build a
basic chassis. Supercharged applications
will require a full floater housing.
13001
13001
Front Engine Dragster Blueprint and Bill of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75.00
We can supply the components required to build the basic chassis. All are available from Mark Williams
toll free
800-525-1963
on the web
www.markwilliams.com 87
FUNNY CAR/ALTERED PLANS
15101
15001
Plans are designed utilizing the 92000 MW modular 9”
or 11” Modular aluminum housing. Bill of materials
include: Spindles and linkage for standard box, engine
mounting plates and all the pre bent and straight tubing
to build a basic chassis that will meet the current SFI
10.1E chassis specs for new Funny Car or Altered.
When built to print chassis can be certified for any class
up to Nitro Funny Car. Supercharged applications will
require a full floater housing.
Will accept new MW
11” Modular rear end
Funny Car or Altered Blueprint and Bill of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75.00
PROMOTIONAL ITEMS
Pro-Stock T-PS
Pro Mod T-PM
Funny Car T-FC
CAPMW
DEC
WC-50
WC
WC-50
MWTAPE
ML-DEC
DEC
DEC-DS
DEC-DB
DSP
88
WC
Wall Clock Axle Logo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16.00
Wall Clock 50TH Logo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16.00
Inch/Metric 10’ Tape . . . . . . .Free with Purchase
MasterLine Round Decal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.00
MW Round Decal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.00
MW Driveshaft Decal (die cut) . . . . . . . . . . .1.00
MW Disc Brake Decal (die cut) . . . . . . . . . . .1.00
Driveshaft Poster 24” X 36” .Free with Purchase
MWTAPE
Super Stock T-SS
CAP-BK
DSP
CAPMW Cap MW Long Logo (Blue) . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.00
CAP-BK Cap Axle Logo (Black or Blue) . . . . . . . . . . .15.00
MW cotton T-shirt, Funny Car (specify size) . . .15.00
T-FC
Black or white, specify size
T-PM
MW cotton T-shirt, Pro Mod (specify size) . . . .15.00
Black or white, specify size
T-PS
MW cotton T-shirt, Pro Stock (specify size) . . . .15.00
Black or white, specify size
T-SS
MW cotton T-shirt, Super Stock (specify size) . .15.00
Black or white, specify size
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement